Q1[5 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Introduction to Control and Coordination
Living organisms constantly monitor and adjust their internal conditions to ensure survival.
(a) Define the term 'homeostasis'. [2]
(b) State three differences between nervous and hormonal communication. [3]
Q2[11 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· Transmission of nerve impulses
The repolarisation phase of an action potential is crucial for the rapid recovery of the neurone membrane.
(a) Compare the roles of voltage-gated sodium ion channels and voltage-gated potassium ion channels during the repolarisation phase of an action potential. [6]
(b) Sketch a graph to show how the permeability of the neurone membrane to sodium and potassium ions changes during an action potential, indicating the resting potential, depolarisation, and repolarisation phases. Label your axes clearly. [5]
Q3[9 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· The endocrine system
The graph in Fig 15.1 shows the changes in blood glucose and insulin levels in a person after consuming a glucose solution.
(a) Describe the changes in blood glucose and insulin levels over time after consuming a glucose solution, as shown in Fig 15.1. [4]
(b) Interpret the role of insulin in regulating blood glucose levels based on the graph. [3]
(c) Predict what would happen to blood glucose levels if the pancreas failed to produce insulin. [2]
Q4[11 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· Speed of conduction of impulses
The speed of nerve impulse conduction is a critical factor in the rapid responses of animals to their environment.
(a) Calculate the time taken for a nerve impulse to travel 1.5 meters along a myelinated axon with a conduction velocity of 120 m s⁻¹. [3]
(b) Discuss the evolutionary advantages of increased nerve impulse conduction speed in animals, providing examples of how this might benefit survival. [8]
Q5[10 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· Hormonal communication
The human body employs various communication systems to coordinate its physiological processes. Hormonal communication and nervous communication are two key examples.
(a) Discuss the advantages of hormonal communication over nervous communication for coordinating long-term physiological changes in the body. [6]
(b) Suggest how the body ensures that a hormone's effect is temporary and reversible. [4]
Q6[8 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· What starts an action potential?
Sensory receptors detect various stimuli from the environment and convert them into electrical signals. These signals can then lead to the generation of action potentials.
(a) Describe how a stimulus causes a receptor potential in a chemoreceptor. [4]
(b) Explain the 'all-or-none law' in the context of action potential generation. [4]
Q7[7 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Nervous communication
Organisms use both nervous and hormonal systems for communication and coordination. Fig 15.1 illustrates the typical time taken for a response to be elicited by these two systems.
(a) Analyse the information presented in Fig 15.1 to compare the speed of response for nervous and hormonal communication. [3]
(b) Explain why the nervous system is better suited for rapid, short-term responses compared to the endocrine system. [4]
Q8[5 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Synapses
Synapses are crucial junctions that allow communication between neurones and between neurones and effectors.
(a) Name the three main components of a synapse. [2]
(b) State three important roles of synapses in the nervous system. [3]
Q9[4 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Motor neurones
Motor neurones play a crucial role in coordinating responses to stimuli by transmitting signals from the central nervous system.
(a) Identify the two main components of the central nervous system (CNS). [2]
(b) State the effector organs that motor neurones typically stimulate. [2]
Q10[7 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Synapses
Synapses are crucial for transmitting information between neurones in the nervous system.
(a) Draw a simple diagram of a synapse. [4]
(b) Label the presynaptic neurone, postsynaptic neurone, and synaptic cleft on your diagram. [3]
Q11[12 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· The mechanism of synaptic transmission
Fig 15.1 shows a diagram illustrating the components of a cholinergic synapse.
(a) Describe the sequence of events from the binding of a neurotransmitter to a receptor protein on the postsynaptic membrane to the generation of a postsynaptic potential. [7]
(b) Evaluate the importance of enzymes such as acetylcholinesterase in ensuring efficient synaptic transmission and preventing continuous stimulation. [5]
Q12[9 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Transmission of nerve impulses
Fig 15.1 shows a graph illustrating the change in membrane potential across a neurone membrane during an action potential.
(a) Describe the movement of ions across the neurone membrane during the depolarisation phase of an action potential, as shown in Fig 15.1. [6]
(b) Explain the role of voltage-gated channel proteins in this process. [3]
Q13[8 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· How neurones work together
Fig 15.1 shows a simplified diagram of a reflex arc, which allows for rapid, involuntary responses to stimuli.
(a) Outline how different types of neurones are arranged to form a reflex arc, as shown in Fig 15.1. [4]
(b) Explain the importance of the unidirectional flow of nerve impulses in a reflex arc. [4]
Q14[8 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Motor neurones
Motor neurones play a crucial role in transmitting signals from the central nervous system to effector organs.
(a) Describe the path taken by a nerve impulse from a motor neurone to cause muscle contraction. [5]
(b) Label the following parts on the diagram of a motor neurone shown in Fig. 15.1: cell body, dendron, axon, myelin sheath, node of Ranvier. [3]
Q15[5 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· The roles of synapses
Synapses are crucial junctions in the nervous system that facilitate communication between neurones.
(a) State two roles of synapses in the nervous system. [2]
(b) Define the term 'refractory period' in the context of nerve impulse transmission. [3]
Q16[4 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Relay neurones
Relay neurones are essential components of the nervous system, facilitating communication between other neurones.
(a) Identify the primary location of relay neurones within the nervous system. [1]
(b) State three functions of relay neurones in coordinating responses. [3]
Q17[8 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Introduction to Control and Coordination
Biological systems employ various mechanisms to regulate internal conditions. One common method is negative feedback.
(a) Describe the general features of a negative feedback mechanism in biological control. [4]
(b) Explain why negative feedback is essential for maintaining a stable internal environment. [4]
Q18[9 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Nervous communication
Nervous communication allows organisms to respond rapidly to changes in their internal and external environments.
(a) Draw a simple flow chart to illustrate the components involved in a nervous reflex arc, starting from a stimulus and ending with a response. [4]
(b) Explain how the nervous system coordinates a rapid withdrawal reflex when a person accidentally touches a hot object. [5]
Q19[7 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· How action potentials carry information
The transmission of information in the nervous system relies on the generation of action potentials. Fig. 15.1 shows two traces representing action potential generation in a neurone in response to different stimulus intensities.
(a) Analyse the relationship between stimulus intensity and action potential frequency shown in Fig. 15.1. [4]
(b) Deduce how a very strong stimulus might be perceived differently from a weak stimulus, despite individual action potentials having the same amplitude. [3]
Q20[10 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· Action potentials
Neurones communicate using electrical signals known as action potentials.
(a) Sketch a graph to show the changes in membrane potential during an action potential, labelling the resting potential, threshold potential, depolarisation, and repolarisation phases. [4]
(b) Discuss the 'all-or-none' law in relation to action potentials and the consequences of a sub-threshold stimulus. [6]
Q21[10 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· Neurones
The nervous system relies on the coordinated action of different types of neurones to elicit appropriate responses to stimuli.
(a) Discuss the importance of the different types of neurones (sensory, relay, motor) working together in a reflex arc. [6]
(b) Evaluate the benefits of having a rapid, involuntary reflex response in an organism. [4]
Q22[8 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Hormonal communication
Hormones play crucial roles in regulating various physiological processes. Their mode of action depends on their chemical nature.
(a) Describe the general mechanism of action of a steroid hormone, including its interaction with target cells. [5]
(b) Explain why only target cells respond to a specific hormone. [3]
Q23[8 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· The mechanism of synaptic transmission
Fig 15.2 shows a graph plotting the postsynaptic membrane potential against time after the arrival of a single action potential at a presynaptic terminal. The resting potential is -70 mV and the threshold potential is -50 mV.
(a) Interpret the effect of increasing the concentration of neurotransmitter in the synaptic cleft on the postsynaptic membrane potential, based on the graph. [4]
(b) Predict and explain what would happen to the postsynaptic membrane potential if a drug inhibited the action of acetylcholinesterase, referring to the principles of synaptic transmission. [4]
Q24[5 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Transmission of nerve impulses
Nerve impulses are transmitted as action potentials along neurones.
(a) State the approximate potential difference across a neurone membrane during an action potential. [2]
(b) Define the term 'depolarisation' in the context of nerve impulse transmission. [3]
Q25[6 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Hormonal communication
The human body utilises various glands to secrete chemical substances, some of which are hormones.
(a) Distinguish between exocrine and endocrine glands. [3]
(b) Identify three characteristics of hormones that allow them to act as chemical messengers. [3]
Q26[8 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· The mechanism of synaptic transmission
Synaptic transmission is the process by which nerve impulses are passed from one neurone to another across a synapse.
(a) Describe the events that occur at the presynaptic terminal when an action potential arrives, leading to the release of neurotransmitters. [5]
(b) Explain the role of calcium ions in this process. [3]
Q27[5 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· What starts an action potential?
The generation of a nerve impulse relies on changes in the electrical potential across a neurone's cell surface membrane.
(a) Define the term 'threshold potential'. [2]
(b) State three events that must occur for a receptor potential to lead to an action potential. [3]
Q28[6 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· How action potentials carry information
Nerve impulses transmit information about sensory stimuli to the central nervous system.
(a) Identify the primary way in which the strength of a stimulus is encoded by action potentials. [2]
(b) Explain how the refractory period contributes to the unidirectional transmission of nerve impulses. [4]
Q29[7 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· The endocrine system
The endocrine system often employs complex feedback loops to maintain homeostasis. The regulation of certain hormones involves the interaction between the hypothalamus, pituitary gland, and other endocrine glands.
(a) Draw a simple diagram to show the relationship between the hypothalamus, pituitary gland, and another endocrine gland (e.g., thyroid or adrenal gland) in a feedback loop. [4]
(b) Label the hormones involved and indicate the positive and negative feedback pathways on your diagram. [3]
Q30[5 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Action potentials
Neurones transmit information through changes in their membrane potential.
(a) Define the term 'resting potential'. [2]
(b) State three key events that occur during the depolarisation phase of an action potential. [3]
Q31[10 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· What starts an action potential?
The precise control of nerve impulse generation is crucial for accurate sensory perception and motor control. This process involves a complex interplay of ion channels.
(a) Analyse the role of voltage-gated channel proteins in reaching the threshold potential and initiating an action potential. [6]
(b) Discuss how the frequency of action potentials, rather than their amplitude, encodes information about stimulus intensity. [4]
Q32[8 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Neurones
Neurones are specialised cells essential for transmitting information throughout the nervous system.
(a) Describe the main structural features of a typical neurone. [4]
(b) Explain how the structure of a neurone is adapted for its function of transmitting nerve impulses. [4]
Q33[8 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Sensory neurones
Sensory neurones play a crucial role in detecting stimuli and relaying this information to the central nervous system.
(a) Describe the pathway of a nerve impulse from a receptor in the skin to the central nervous system involving a sensory neurone. [4]
(b) Explain how a receptor potential is generated in a sensory receptor cell and how it can lead to an action potential in a sensory neurone. [4]
Q34[11 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· Neurones
Neurones are specialised cells for transmitting electrical impulses throughout the body, but their structure can vary significantly, impacting their function.
(a) Compare the structure and function of myelinated and unmyelinated neurones. [6]
(b) Explain the advantage of saltatory conduction in myelinated neurones. [5]
Q35[5 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· The endocrine system
The endocrine system is a vital control system in the human body, responsible for regulating various physiological processes.
(a) Name three major endocrine glands in the human body and one hormone secreted by each. [3]
(b) State the primary function of the endocrine system. [2]
Q36[7 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· The roles of synapses
Synapses play a vital role in coordinating responses within the nervous system.
(a) Explain how synapses ensure unidirectional transmission of nerve impulses. [4]
(b) Describe how synaptic divergence can lead to a single stimulus causing a response in multiple effectors. [3]
Q37[4 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Speed of conduction of impulses
Nerve impulses are transmitted along neurones at varying speeds, depending on their structure.
(a) Name the type of conduction that occurs in myelinated axons. [2]
(b) State one structural feature of a neurone, other than myelination, that increases the speed of nerve impulse conduction. [2]
Q38[10 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· Myelin
The presence or absence of a myelin sheath has profound implications for the speed and efficiency of nerve impulse transmission.
(a) Compare the conduction of a nerve impulse in a myelinated axon with that in an unmyelinated axon. [4]
(b) Discuss the biological advantages of myelination in mammals, considering factors beyond just speed of conduction. [6]
Q39[5 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Nervous communication
Animals coordinate their internal and external environments using two main communication systems: nervous communication and hormonal communication.
(a) State two key differences between nervous communication and hormonal communication in animals. [2]
(b) Outline the general pathway of nervous communication from stimulus to response. [3]
Q40[8 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Resting potential
Fig 15.2 illustrates the neurone membrane, highlighting the mechanisms involved in establishing the resting potential.
(a) Describe the role of the sodium-potassium pump in establishing and maintaining the resting potential. [5]
(b) Explain why the inside of the neurone membrane is negatively charged relative to the outside at rest, referring to Fig 15.2. [3]
Q41[8 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Myelin
Myelination is a crucial adaptation in many animal nervous systems, significantly improving the efficiency of nerve impulse transmission.
Fig. 15.1 shows a diagram of a myelinated neurone.
(a) Describe the structure of the myelin sheath and the cells responsible for its formation. [3]
(b) Explain how myelin increases the speed of nerve impulse conduction, referring to the role of nodes of Ranvier. [5]
Q42[7 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Relay neurones
Relay neurones are crucial for integrating and coordinating neural signals.
(a) Describe the general structure of a relay neurone. [3]
(b) Explain the importance of relay neurones in reflex arcs. [4]
Q43[6 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Resting potential
Neurones maintain an electrical potential difference across their membrane even when not transmitting nerve impulses. This is crucial for their ability to generate action potentials.
(a) Define the term 'resting potential'. [2]
(b) Identify two factors that contribute to maintaining the resting potential across a neurone membrane. [4]
Q44[5 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· How neurones work together
The nervous system relies on different types of neurones working together to transmit information efficiently. A reflex arc is a simple neural pathway that mediates a rapid, involuntary response to a stimulus.
(a) Name the three main types of neurones found in a reflex arc. [2]
(b) Describe the general direction of impulse transmission in a sensory neurone. [3]
Q45[10 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· Resting potential
The resting potential across a neurone membrane is critical for nerve impulse transmission. It is maintained at approximately -70 mV.
(a) Discuss the relative contributions of the sodium-potassium pump, differential membrane permeability to ions, and large intracellular anions to the establishment of the resting potential. [7]
(b) Predict the effect on the resting potential if the sodium-potassium pump were inhibited. [3]
Q46[5 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Sensory neurones
The nervous system relies on different types of neurones to transmit information throughout the body.
(a) Define the term 'sensory neurone'. [2]
(b) State three key structural features of a sensory neurone that distinguish it from a motor neurone. [3]
Q47[11 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· Relay neurones
The nervous system relies on the precise interaction of different types of neurones to generate appropriate responses to stimuli.
(a) Discuss the role of relay neurones in complex behaviours that involve integration of multiple sensory inputs and coordination of motor outputs. [6]
(b) Draw a simplified diagram of a reflex arc, clearly labelling the sensory neurone, relay neurone, motor neurone, receptor, and effector. [5]
Q48[8 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Action potentials
The transmission of nerve impulses relies on rapid changes in membrane potential.
(a) Describe the role of voltage-gated sodium ion channels during the rising phase of an action potential. [4]
(b) Explain why the repolarisation phase of an action potential occurs. [4]
Q49[7 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Stimulating muscle to contract
Upon stimulation, the membrane potential of a muscle fibre changes rapidly, leading to contraction. Fig 15.2 shows the change in membrane potential of a muscle fibre after stimulation.
(a) Explain how the binding of acetylcholine to receptors on the sarcolemma initiates depolarisation in the muscle fibre, referring to Fig 15.2. [4]
(b) State the role of acetylcholinesterase in the synaptic cleft. [3]
Q50[6 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· How muscles contract
Muscle contraction is a fundamental process enabling movement in animals.
(a) Outline the 'sliding filament model' of muscle contraction. [3]
(b) State what happens to the length of the A-band, I-band, and H-zone during muscle contraction. [3]
Q51[4 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination in plants
Plants, like animals, have mechanisms for control and coordination, although they differ significantly in their complexity and speed.
(a) Name two types of plant growth regulators. [2]
(b) State one general difference between how control and coordination occur in plants compared to animals. [2]
Q52[8 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· The structure of striated muscle
Striated muscle fibres contain organised bundles of contractile proteins, leading to their characteristic appearance.
(a) Describe the arrangement of thick and thin filaments within a sarcomere and how this arrangement gives rise to the characteristic striations seen in striated muscle. [5]
(b) Explain the role of the sarcoplasmic reticulum in muscle contraction. [3]
Q53[6 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Muscle contraction
Muscle contraction relies on the precise interaction of protein filaments within muscle fibres.
(a) Outline the sliding filament model of muscle contraction. [4]
(b) State the immediate energy source for muscle contraction. [2]
Q54[6 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Gibberellins
Gibberellins are a class of plant growth regulators involved in various developmental processes.
(a) Describe the main effect of gibberellins on plant stem growth. [3]
(b) State three commercial applications of gibberellins in agriculture. [3]
Q55[10 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· The roles of synapses
The complex functions of the nervous system, such as decision-making and learning, rely heavily on the intricate processing of information at synapses.
(a) Discuss the importance of summation at synapses in integrating information within the nervous system. [6]
(b) Analyse how the 'all-or-none' law relates to the propagation of an action potential but not necessarily to the postsynaptic response at a synapse. [4]
Q56[10 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· How muscles contract
Muscle contraction is a complex process involving the interaction of actin and myosin filaments. This process is highly dependent on the availability and hydrolysis of ATP.
(a) Discuss the sequence of events that leads to the power stroke in muscle contraction, including the role of ATP. [7]
(b) Predict the effect on muscle contraction if a non-hydrolysable analogue of ATP were present in the sarcoplasm. [3]
Q57[11 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· Muscle contraction
Fig. 15.2 illustrates the molecular interactions between actin and myosin filaments during muscle contraction.
(a) Discuss the molecular events involved in the formation and breaking of cross-bridges between actin and myosin during muscle contraction, including the role of ATP. [7]
(b) Evaluate the statement: 'Muscle contraction is an all-or-none event at the level of the whole muscle fibre, but not necessarily at the level of the entire muscle.' [4]
Q58[5 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Chemical communication in plants
Plant growth regulators are chemical substances that influence the growth and development of plants. These regulators exhibit some general characteristics that distinguish them from animal hormones.
(a) State two general characteristics of plant growth regulators that distinguish them from animal hormones. [2]
(b) Identify three different types of plant growth regulators. [3]
Q59[11 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· Stimulating muscle to contract
The efficient and coordinated contraction of a muscle fibre relies on a rapid internal communication system. Fig 15.3 shows a cross-section of a muscle fibre, highlighting its internal structure.
(a) Analyse the sequence of events, from the arrival of an action potential at the presynaptic terminal to the release of calcium ions from the sarcoplasmic reticulum in a muscle fibre. [6]
(b) Evaluate the importance of the T-tubules in ensuring rapid and coordinated contraction of a muscle fibre, referring to Fig 15.3. [5]
Q60[8 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Providing energy for muscle contraction
Muscle cells utilise different metabolic pathways to generate ATP depending on the intensity and duration of activity.
(a) Describe the role of aerobic respiration in providing energy for sustained muscle contraction. [4]
(b) Explain why anaerobic respiration becomes significant during prolonged strenuous exercise. [4]
Q61[10 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· Providing energy for muscle contraction
Fig 15.1 shows a graph illustrating the concentrations of ATP, phosphocreatine, and lactate in muscle tissue during a 30-second maximal sprint.
(a) Analyse the changes in ATP, phosphocreatine, and lactate concentrations during the 30-second sprint, referring to the graph. [5]
(b) Evaluate the relative contributions of different energy systems to muscle contraction during the initial 10 seconds of the sprint, and suggest why muscle fatigue occurs towards the end of the sprint. [5]
Q62[6 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Electrical communication in plants
While less understood than in animals, plants also exhibit forms of electrical communication.
(a) Define the term 'electrical communication' in the context of plants. [2]
(b) Identify two types of electrical signals found in plants and describe one characteristic feature of each. [4]
Q63[6 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· The structure of striated muscle
Striated muscle is essential for voluntary movement and is characterised by its organised internal structure.
Fig 15.1 shows a simplified diagram of a sarcomere.
(a) Label the following structures on the diagram of a sarcomere in Fig 15.1: Z disc, H zone, A band, I band. [4]
(b) Identify the two main protein filaments found within a myofibril. [2]
Q64[5 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Structure of thick and thin filaments
Myofibrils are the contractile units within muscle fibres, composed of organised protein filaments.
(a) Name the two main protein filaments found in a myofibril. [2]
(b) State three key features of the thick filament protein. [3]
Q65[11 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination in plants
Plants respond to various internal and external stimuli through complex communication systems, including chemical signalling.
(a) Discuss the mechanisms by which plant growth regulators, such as auxins and gibberellins, exert their effects on plant cells, including the role of expansins. [6]
(b) Compare the general speed and specificity of plant hormonal responses with those of animal hormonal responses, providing reasons for any observed differences. [5]
Q66[9 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· Gibberellins
Fig. 15.2 shows two graphs. Graph A illustrates the effect of increasing gibberellin concentration on stem length of dwarf pea plants. Graph B shows the germination percentage of dormant seeds treated with different concentrations of gibberellins over time.
(a) Compare the cellular mechanisms by which auxins and gibberellins promote cell elongation in plant stems. [5]
(b) Evaluate the evidence suggesting that gibberellins play a role in breaking dormancy in seeds, referring to Fig. 15.2. [4]
Q67[7 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination in plants
Plant growth and development are regulated by chemical substances known as plant growth regulators or plant hormones.
(a) Describe the role of auxins in apical dominance. [4]
(b) Explain how gibberellins contribute to seed germination. [3]
Q68[9 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Electrical communication in plants
Fig 15.1 shows a graph illustrating the change in membrane potential of a plant cell over time after a stimulus is applied.
(a) Interpret the changes in membrane potential observed in the plant cell following the application of the stimulus at time 0. [4]
(b) Explain how ion channels are involved in generating this electrical signal. [3]
(c) Predict how increasing the intensity of the stimulus might affect the amplitude of the observed electrical signal. [2]
Q69[11 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· Auxins
Auxins are a group of plant hormones that play a key role in cell elongation, apical dominance, and root initiation. Plant nurseries often use synthetic auxins to promote the rooting of cuttings.
(a) Design an experiment to investigate the effect of different auxin concentrations on the rooting of plant cuttings. Include details of controls, variables, and how results would be measured. [7]
(b) Explain why it is important to use a range of auxin concentrations in the experiment designed in (a). [4]
Q70[8 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Chemical communication in plants
Plant growth regulators play crucial roles in coordinating plant growth and development, from seed germination to fruit ripening.
(a) Describe how plant growth regulators are transported throughout the plant. [4]
(b) Explain why the same plant growth regulator can have different effects on different target cells or tissues. [4]
Q71[9 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· How muscles contract
The initiation and process of muscle contraction involve a coordinated sequence of events at the molecular level.
(a) Explain the role of calcium ions in initiating muscle contraction. [5]
(b) Describe the formation of cross-bridges between myosin and actin filaments. [4]
Q72[8 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Gibberellins
Fig. 15.1 shows a diagram illustrating the internal structure of a barley seed during germination.
(a) Explain the role of gibberellins in promoting seed germination, referring to the aleurone layer and endosperm. [5]
(b) Deduce the likely phenotype of a plant with a mutation that prevents gibberellin synthesis. [3]
Q73[10 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· Auxins
Auxins are a class of plant growth regulators with a wide range of effects on plant development, including promoting cell elongation and influencing tropisms.
(a) Discuss the role of auxins in apical dominance and how this can be overcome. [6]
(b) Fig. 15.1 shows a graph illustrating the effect of different auxin concentrations on the growth of roots and shoots. Analyse how the concentration of auxin affects root growth compared to shoot growth. [4]
Q74[7 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Auxins
Auxins are a key group of plant growth regulators involved in various aspects of plant development, including cell elongation and phototropism.
(a) Outline the site of auxin production in a young plant. [3]
(b) Explain the mechanism by which auxin promotes cell elongation in plant shoots. [4]
Q75[5 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Providing energy for muscle contraction
Muscle cells require a continuous supply of energy to power contraction and relaxation processes.
(a) State the immediate source of energy for muscle contraction. [2]
(b) Outline how this immediate source of energy is regenerated from ADP during short bursts of intense muscle activity. [3]
Q76[8 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Structure of thick and thin filaments
Muscle contraction relies on the precise interaction of various protein components within the sarcomere.
(a) Describe the arrangement of actin, tropomyosin, and troponin in the thin filament. [4]
(b) Explain the significance of the globular heads on the myosin molecules. [4]
Q77[8 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Stimulating muscle to contract
Muscle contraction is initiated by signals from the nervous system at a specialised synapse called the neuromuscular junction. Fig 15.1 shows a diagram of a neuromuscular junction.
(a) Describe the structure of a neuromuscular junction. [4]
(b) Explain how an action potential in a motor neurone leads to the release of acetylcholine at the neuromuscular junction. [4]
Q78[9 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Muscle contraction
Fig. 15.1 shows a diagram illustrating a neuromuscular junction and part of a muscle fibre.
(a) Describe the sequence of events, starting from the arrival of an action potential at the neuromuscular junction, that leads to the release of calcium ions into the sarcoplasm. [6]
(b) Explain the role of troponin and tropomyosin in regulating muscle contraction. [3]
Q79[8 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Gibberellins
Fig 15.24 shows a longitudinal section through a barley seed, illustrating the role of gibberellins in stimulating amylase synthesis during germination.
(a) Describe the initial location of starch in the barley seed before germination, as indicated by the diagram.
(b) Explain how the products of amylase activity in the endosperm provide energy for the growing embryo.
(c) Calculate the approximate distance gibberellin travels from the embryo to the aleurone layer if the seed is 5 mm long and the embryo is at one end.
Q80[10 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· Action potentials
Fig 15.3 shows a graph of the change in potential difference across an axon membrane during an action potential.
(a) Analyse the change in potential difference from the resting potential to the peak of the action potential, stating the initial and peak values.
[3]
(b) Calculate the total duration of the depolarisation phase, from threshold potential to the peak of the action potential.
[3]
(c) Explain the ionic movements responsible for the repolarisation phase, referring to the potential difference values on the graph.
[4]
Q81[6 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Sensory neurones
Fig 15.25 shows a longitudinal section of a sensory neurone.
(a) Identify the location of the cell body of the sensory neurone shown.
(b) Compare the length of the axon segment shown here with a typical motor neurone axon of 10 cm.
(c) Calculate the ratio of the axon segment length (from sensory ending to cell body) to the cell body diameter, using the approximate values given.
Q82[4 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Auxins
Fig 15.8 shows the molecular structure of indole 3-acetic acid (IAA), the principal auxin.
(a) Identify the number of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms in the indole 3-acetic acid (IAA) molecule shown.
(b) Predict how a significant change in the carboxyl group (-COOH) might affect the biological activity of IAA.
Q83[5 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Neurones
Fig 15.1 shows a graph comparing the conduction velocity in myelinated and unmyelinated axons.
(a) Identify the diameter of the axon at point X and its corresponding conduction velocity.
[2]
(b) Explain the relationship between axon diameter and conduction velocity for unmyelinated axons based on the provided graph.
[3]
Q84[4 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Explain the results observed for coleoptiles **C** and **D**, with reference to the role of the growth substance named in (a).
Q85[2 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Antidiuretic hormone (ADH) increases the permeability of the collecting duct to water.
Describe the mechanism by which ADH has this effect.
Q86[3 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Explain why the blood glucose concentration of the non-diabetic person starts to decrease after 60 minutes.
Q87[3 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Describe the role of the structure labelled **C** in the functioning of the pancreatic exocrine cell.
Q88[3 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Explain how the structure of the glomerulus and Bowman’s capsule, shown at **F**, is adapted for ultrafiltration.
Q89[1 mark]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Suggest why a person with uncontrolled Type 1 diabetes may have glucose present in their urine.
Q90[3 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Outline the sequence of events that occurs at the presynaptic membrane upon the arrival of an action potential, leading to the release of molecule **H**.
Q91[3 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
A fifth coleoptile, **E**, was set up with a thin, impermeable sheet of mica inserted vertically into the tip, completely separating the left and right sides. The coleoptile was then illuminated from one side.
Suggest and explain what would be observed in coleoptile **E**.
Q92[1 mark]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
State the role of organelle **A** in this cell.
Q93[3 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Explain the role of the features shown at **D** and **E** in the transmission of a nerve impulse.
Q94[2 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Using the data in your graph, describe the effect of increasing ethanol concentration on the heart rate of *Daphnia*.
[2]
Q95[4 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
A student carried out a similar investigation into the effect of ethanol concentration on the heart rate of *Daphnia*. Their results are shown in Table 1.1.
Plot a graph of the data shown in Table 1.1 on the grid provided.
[Graph grid provided]
[4]
Q96[3 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
The scale bar on Photomicrograph 2.1 represents an actual length of 20 µm.
(i) Measure the length of the scale bar in millimetres (mm).
length of scale bar = ......................................... mm [1]
(ii) Calculate the magnification of Photomicrograph 2.1. Show your working.
magnification = x......................................... [2]
Q97[5 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Observe the ventral horn of the grey matter on slide K1 using the high-power objective lens. This area contains large motor neurones.
Draw a large, high-power drawing of two complete and adjacent motor neurone cell bodies.
Use ruled label lines and labels to identify the nucleus and the cytoplasm.
[5]
Q98[2 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Caffeine is a stimulant that affects the nervous system. You will investigate the effect of caffeine concentration on the heart rate of *Daphnia*.
(i) State the independent variable and the dependent variable in this investigation.
independent variable .......................................................................................................
dependent variable .........................................................................................................
[2]
Q99[5 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
You carry out the investigation using the concentrations of caffeine prepared in (a)(ii) and a control with 0% caffeine (distilled water).
Prepare a table to record all your raw data, including calculated mean heart rates. Your table should be fully ruled and have correct headings and units.
[5]
Q100[4 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
A student wants to use an eyepiece graticule to measure the diameter of neurone cell bodies on slide K1.
Describe the procedure for calibrating the eyepiece graticule.
[4]
Q101[3 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Photomicrograph 2.1 shows a motor neurone from the grey matter of a spinal cord.
Complete Table 2.1 to state three observable differences between the specimen on slide K1 and the image in Photomicrograph 2.1.
[Table with three rows and columns for 'Feature', 'Slide K1', 'Photomicrograph 2.1']
[3]
Q102[4 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Identify two significant sources of error in this investigation and suggest a practical improvement for each.
Error 1 .............................................................................................................................
Improvement 1 .................................................................................................................
Error 2 .............................................................................................................................
Improvement 2 .................................................................................................................
[4]
Q103[1 mark]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
In an investigation into dihybrid inheritance, fruit flies heterozygous for both grey body (G) and normal wings (N) were crossed with flies with ebony body (g) and vestigial wings (n). State the expected phenotypic ratio of the offspring if the genes for body colour and wing shape are on different chromosomes.
Q104[4 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Explain how the presence of structure X and Y leads to a faster speed of transmission in a myelinated neuron.
Q105[2 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Using the data in Table 4.1, calculate the percentage of recombinant offspring produced in this cross. Show your working.
Q106[1 mark]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Huntington's disease is a neurodegenerative disorder caused by a single dominant allele (H). A man who is heterozygous for the allele and a woman who is homozygous recessive (hh) have a child. State the probability of their child inheriting the disease.
Q107[1 mark]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
State the main site of auxin synthesis in a flowering plant.
Q108[4 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
The observed results of the cross are shown in Table 4.1. A chi-squared (χ²) test was carried out and the calculated value of χ² was 384.2. Use this value and Table 4.2 to explain what can be concluded about the results.
Q109[3 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Multiple sclerosis (MS) is an autoimmune disease where the myelin sheath in the central nervous system is destroyed. Explain why this leads to a loss of muscle coordination.
Q110[4 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Explain these results in terms of autosomal linkage and crossing over.
Q111[3 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
The actions of the sympathetic and parasympathetic systems are described as antagonistic. Explain what this means, using the control of heart rate as an example.
Q112[4 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Conotoxins are a group of neurotoxins found in the venom of marine cone snails. One type of conotoxin blocks voltage-gated calcium ion channels in the presynaptic terminal. Suggest and explain the effect this toxin would have on synaptic transmission.
Q113[3 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
A person drinks a large volume of water. Explain the effect this will have on the volume and concentration of their urine, with reference to ADH.
Q114[4 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Explain the role of auxin in the positive phototropic response of a shoot.
Q115[4 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Organophosphate insecticides work by inhibiting the enzyme acetylcholinesterase. Explain the effect of this inhibition on the postsynaptic membrane.
Q116[4 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Describe the process of ultrafiltration in the Bowman's capsule.
Q117[2 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
State the part of the brain responsible for coordinating the autonomic control of heart rate.
Q118[5 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Explain the changes in blood glucose concentration in Person A between 1 and 3 hours. Your answer should refer to the principles of negative feedback.
Q119[4 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Explain the role of the loop of Henle in osmoregulation.
Q120[2 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Suggest why a meal rich in fibre may result in a less steep increase in blood glucose concentration compared to a meal low in fibre.
Q121[2 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Use Table 2.1 to calculate the time taken for a nerve impulse to travel along a 1.2 m myelinated axon with a diameter of 20 µm. Give your answer in milliseconds (ms) and show your working.
Q122[5 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Describe the roles of calcium ions (Ca²⁺) and ATP in the contraction of a muscle fibre.
Q123[3 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Synthetic auxins are often used as selective weedkillers for broad-leaved weeds in lawns of narrow-leaved grass. Explain why high concentrations of synthetic auxin can kill a plant.
Q124[3 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Suggest three advantages of using a DNA microarray to study a complex disease like Huntington's.
Q125[5 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Explain how the sympathetic nervous system prepares the body for a 'fight or flight' response. Your answer should refer to the heart, the liver, and the pupils.
Q126[1 mark]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Caffeine is a stimulant that can affect the nervous system. It is thought to act by blocking receptors for the neurotransmitter adenosine at synapses, which increases the rate of synaptic transmission.
An investigation was carried out to determine the effect of caffeine on human reaction time. 10 volunteers had their reaction time measured using a computer-based test. They then consumed a standard caffeinated drink. 30 minutes later, their reaction time was measured again.
The results are shown in Table 2.1.
State a suitable null hypothesis for this investigation.
Q127[2 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
The student was provided with a 1.0 × 10⁻² mol dm⁻³ stock solution of IAA.
Calculate the volume of this stock solution needed to make 20 cm³ of a 1.0 × 10⁻⁵ mol dm⁻³ IAA solution. Show your working.
Q128[8 marks]hardCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Describe a method the student could use to investigate the effect of a range of IAA concentrations on the growth of roots in cress seedlings.
Your method should be set out in a logical order and be detailed enough for another person to follow.
Q129[4 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
A conclusion from this investigation is that ‘caffeine consumption causes a decrease in human reaction time’.
Evaluate the evidence from this investigation for this conclusion.
Q130[2 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Auxins are plant growth substances that control cell elongation. At very low concentrations, auxins such as indole-3-acetic acid (IAA) can promote root growth, while at higher concentrations they can inhibit it.
A student plans to investigate the effect of IAA concentration on root growth in seedlings.
Identify the independent variable and the dependent variable in this investigation.
Q131[2 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
The investigation used a standard caffeinated drink.
Identify one variable, other than caffeine, that was not controlled and suggest how it could have been standardised.
Q132[3 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
On the axes provided, sketch a curve to show the expected relationship between IAA concentration and the mean change in root length.
Q133[3 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
The investigators carried out a paired t-test on their data. The calculated value of t was 3.58.
The critical value at the 5% probability level (p=0.05) for 9 degrees of freedom is 2.26.
State what conclusion can be drawn from the result of this t-test. Explain your answer.
Q134[3 marks]mediumCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Describe the effect of caffeine on reaction time shown by the data in Table 2.1. Use figures from the table in your answer.
Q135[2 marks]easyCh15 · Control and coordination· Control and coordination
Calculate the percentage decrease in the mean reaction time after consuming caffeine. Show your working and give your answer to one decimal place.
Q136[7 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· The light-independent stage of photosynthesis
The Calvin cycle is a crucial part of the light-independent stage of photosynthesis.
(a) Explain how the regeneration of RuBP is crucial for the continuous operation of the Calvin cycle. [4]
(b) Outline the fate of triose phosphate (TP) molecules that are not used to regenerate RuBP. [3]
Q137[6 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Photolysis of water
The photolysis of water is a crucial process in the light-dependent stage of photosynthesis.
(a) Explain why photolysis is essential for the continuous flow of electrons in non-cyclic photophosphorylation. [3]
(b) Derive the number of H+ ions and electrons produced if 4 molecules of water undergo photolysis. [3]
Photosynthesis is the process by which plants convert light energy into chemical energy. The effectiveness of different wavelengths of light in driving this process can be studied.
(a) Define the term 'action spectrum' in the context of photosynthesis. [2]
(b) State the units typically used for the y-axis of an action spectrum graph. [2]
Q139[5 marks]easyCh13 · Photosynthesis· Photolysis of water
Water is an essential reactant in the light-dependent stage of photosynthesis, undergoing a process called photolysis.
(a) State the overall equation for the photolysis of water. [2]
(b) Identify the products of photolysis and state their immediate fates in the light-dependent stage. [3]
Q140[10 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· Using chromatography to identify chloroplast pigments
Chromatography is a technique used to separate and identify photosynthetic pigments. This process involves careful preparation and execution.
(a) Describe the steps involved in setting up and carrying out paper chromatography to separate chloroplast pigments. [6]
(b) Evaluate the limitations of using Rf values alone to identify unknown pigments. [4]
Q141[10 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· Photolysis of water
Water plays several vital roles in the process of photosynthesis, extending beyond its direct involvement in the overall chemical equation.
(a) Discuss the importance of water as a reactant in photosynthesis, specifically in relation to the light-dependent stage. [6]
(b) Deduce what would happen to the electron transport chain and NADP reduction if water supply to the chloroplasts was severely limited. [4]
In the light-dependent stage of photosynthesis, water molecules are split in a process called photolysis.
(a) If 10 molecules of water undergo photolysis, calculate the total number of electrons and protons released. [3]
(b) Explain how the electrons released from water are used in non-cyclic photophosphorylation. [4]
Q143[8 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· The light-independent stage of photosynthesis
The Calvin cycle is a crucial part of photosynthesis, responsible for converting carbon dioxide into organic compounds.
(a) Describe the main events that occur during the carboxylation and reduction phases of the Calvin cycle. [5]
(b) If 6 molecules of CO2 enter the Calvin cycle, calculate the total number of glycerate-3-phosphate (GP) molecules formed. [3]
Q144[8 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· An energy transfer process
Photosynthesis is often described as an energy transfer process. This is evident in the initial stages where light energy is captured and converted.
(a) Describe how energy is transferred from sunlight to chemical energy in ATP during the light-dependent stage of photosynthesis. [4]
(b) Explain why this process is considered an energy transfer rather than energy creation. [4]
Q145[5 marks]easyCh13 · Photosynthesis· The light-dependent stage of photosynthesis
Photosynthesis is divided into two main stages: the light-dependent stage and the light-independent stage. These stages are interconnected but occur in different parts of the chloroplast.
(a) State the overall purpose of the light-dependent stage of photosynthesis. [2]
(b) Identify the three main products of the light-dependent stage. [3]
Photosynthetic pigments absorb light energy, which is then used to drive the reactions of photosynthesis. The efficiency of this process varies with the wavelength of light.
(a) Compare the general shape of an action spectrum with that of an absorption spectrum for photosynthetic pigments. [4]
(b) Explain why the peaks in an action spectrum do not perfectly match the peaks in the absorption spectrum of chlorophyll a. [4]
Q147[5 marks]easyCh13 · Photosynthesis· An energy transfer process
Photosynthesis is a fundamental biological process that converts light energy into chemical energy.
(a) State the initial energy source for photosynthesis. [2]
(b) Identify three forms of energy into which light energy is converted during photosynthesis. [3]
Q148[11 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· The light-independent stage of photosynthesis
Photosynthesis is a two-stage process, with the light-dependent stage providing essential components for the light-independent stage.
(a) Discuss how the products of the light-dependent stage are crucial for the continuation of the light-independent stage. [7]
(b) Evaluate the significance of triose phosphate (TP) as an intermediate in the synthesis of other organic molecules. [4]
Cyclic photophosphorylation is one of the processes occurring during the light-dependent stage of photosynthesis.
(a) Outline the path of electrons during cyclic photophosphorylation. [4]
(b) Explain why cyclic photophosphorylation is important for a plant cell. [3]
Q150[7 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Using chromatography to identify chloroplast pigments
Paper chromatography is used to separate photosynthetic pigments from a leaf extract. After running the chromatogram, the solvent front and pigment spots are measured from the origin.
(a) Calculate the Rf value for pigment X, if the solvent front travelled 12.0 cm and pigment X travelled 8.4 cm from the origin. Show your working. [4]
(b) Identify two factors that influence the Rf value of a pigment in chromatography. [3]
Non-cyclic photophosphorylation is a crucial process in the light-dependent stage of photosynthesis, leading to the production of key energy carriers.
(a) Describe the movement of electrons from photosystem II to photosystem I in non-cyclic photophosphorylation. [5]
(b) Explain the role of the oxygen-evolving complex in this process. [3]
Q152[10 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· The light-dependent stage of photosynthesis
Photosynthesis is a complex process divided into two main stages: the light-dependent stage and the light-independent stage. These stages are highly interconnected, with the products of the first stage being crucial for the second.
(a) Discuss the importance of the products of the light-dependent stage for the subsequent light-independent stage of photosynthesis. [10]
Q153[8 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· The light-dependent stage of photosynthesis
The light-dependent stage is crucial for initiating the photosynthetic process, relying on specific structures and molecules within the chloroplast.
(a) Describe the location within a chloroplast where the light-dependent stage takes place. [4]
(b) Explain the role of photosynthetic pigments in the light-dependent stage. [4]
Q154[8 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Structure and function of chloroplasts
Chloroplasts are the organelles responsible for photosynthesis in eukaryotic cells. Their internal structure is highly adapted to carry out this complex process efficiently.
(a) Describe the structure of a thylakoid membrane and its arrangement within a chloroplast. [4]
(b) Explain how this structure facilitates the light-dependent stage of photosynthesis. [4]
Q155[8 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Functions of chloroplast pigments
Chloroplasts contain a variety of photosynthetic pigments that work together to capture light energy for photosynthesis.
(a) Explain the role of accessory pigments in photosynthesis. [4]
(b) State what happens to the energy absorbed by photosynthetic pigments when an electron is excited. [4]
In the thylakoid membranes of chloroplasts, two main pathways of photophosphorylation occur: cyclic and non-cyclic.
(a) Compare the products of cyclic photophosphorylation with those of non-cyclic photophosphorylation. [5]
(b) Discuss how the relative rates of cyclic and non-cyclic photophosphorylation might be regulated in a plant cell. [5]
Q157[5 marks]easyCh13 · Photosynthesis· Structure and function of chloroplasts
Photosynthesis is a complex process involving a series of reactions that occur within the chloroplasts of plant cells.
(a) Name the two main stages of photosynthesis and state where each takes place within the chloroplast. [2]
(b) State three features of a chloroplast that make it well-adapted for its function. [3]
Q158[12 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· An outline of photosynthesis
Photosynthesis relies on a complex interplay of molecules and processes to convert light energy into chemical energy. Chlorophyll and water are two essential components involved in the initial stages of this process.
(a) Compare and contrast the roles of chlorophyll and water in the light-dependent stage of photosynthesis. [8]
(b) Explain why the light-independent stage cannot occur without the products of the light-dependent stage. [4]
Q159[10 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· Structure and function of chloroplasts
Chloroplasts are highly organised organelles, characterised by significant internal compartmentalisation. This intricate structure is crucial for the efficient execution of photosynthesis.
(a) Discuss the functional significance of the compartmentalisation within a chloroplast for the efficiency of photosynthesis. [10]
Q160[7 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Photolysis of water
The splitting of water molecules, known as photolysis, is a critical process occurring within the thylakoid lumen during photosynthesis.
(a) Explain the role of the oxygen-evolving complex in photolysis. [4]
(b) If 12 molecules of water undergo photolysis, calculate the total number of electrons released and oxygen molecules produced. [3]
Q161[6 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· An energy transfer process
Photosynthesis is the process by which plants convert light energy into chemical energy, producing glucose and oxygen from carbon dioxide and water.
(a) The overall equation for photosynthesis is 6CO₂ + 6H₂O → C₆H₁₂O₆ + 6O₂. If a plant produces 180g of glucose (C₆H₁₂O₆) per day, calculate the mass of carbon dioxide (CO₂) in grams required. (Relative atomic masses: C=12, O=16, H=1) [6]
Q162[7 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Structure and function of chloroplasts
Chloroplasts are the sites of photosynthesis, containing intricate membrane systems that compartmentalise the different stages of the process.
(a) Draw a labelled diagram of a granum and its surrounding stroma, showing how they are structurally related. Annotate your diagram to indicate where ATP synthase complexes would be located. [7]
Photosynthetic pigments are crucial for capturing light energy. Two key pigments are chlorophyll a and chlorophyll b, which absorb different wavelengths of light.
(a) Draw a labelled sketch of a typical absorption spectrum for chlorophyll a and chlorophyll b on the same axes. Clearly label the axes and indicate approximate peak wavelengths. [4]
(b) Explain how the absorption spectrum you have drawn relates to the action spectrum of photosynthesis. [6]
The light-dependent stage of photosynthesis includes two types of photophosphorylation. Cyclic photophosphorylation is one of these processes.
(a) Draw a diagram to illustrate the pathway of electrons during cyclic photophosphorylation, labelling Photosystem I, ATP synthase, and the electron carriers. [6]
Q165[5 marks]easyCh13 · Photosynthesis· Functions of chloroplast pigments
Photosynthetic pigments are crucial for capturing light energy in chloroplasts. These pigments differ in their absorption spectra and roles within the photosynthetic process.
(a) Name two main types of photosynthetic pigments found in chloroplasts. [2]
(b) Describe the primary function of chlorophyll a in the light-dependent stage of photosynthesis. [3]
Non-cyclic photophosphorylation is a fundamental process in sustaining life on Earth. It captures light energy and converts it into chemical energy in specific forms.
(a) Analyse the energy transfers that occur during the non-cyclic photophosphorylation pathway, starting from light absorption. [6]
(b) Evaluate the importance of non-cyclic photophosphorylation for the survival of photosynthetic organisms. [6]
Q167[10 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· An energy transfer process
All living organisms require a continuous supply of energy to sustain their metabolic processes. This energy ultimately originates from the sun and undergoes various transfers within ecosystems.
(a) Discuss the importance of energy transfer processes in sustaining life on Earth, using photosynthesis as a primary example. [10]
Photosynthesis involves different pathways for ATP production, including cyclic photophosphorylation.
(a) Define cyclic photophosphorylation. [2]
(b) State which photosystem is involved in cyclic photophosphorylation. [2]
Q169[6 marks]easyCh13 · Photosynthesis· The light-independent stage of photosynthesis
The Calvin cycle is a series of reactions that takes place in the stroma of chloroplasts, forming the light-independent stage of photosynthesis.
(a) Name the primary carbon dioxide acceptor in the Calvin cycle. [2]
(b) Outline the role of ATP and reduced NADP in the light-independent stage. [4]
Q170[9 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· The light-dependent stage of photosynthesis
The rate of photosynthesis can be measured by monitoring the rate of oxygen production. Fig 13.1 shows the rate of oxygen production by a plant at different light intensities.
(a) Interpret the data in Fig 13.1 to describe how the rate of oxygen production changes with increasing light intensity. [4]
(b) Explain why oxygen is produced during the light-dependent stage. [3]
(c) Deduce the light intensity at which another factor becomes limiting for the rate of oxygen production. [2]
Q171[6 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Structure and function of chloroplasts
Photosynthesis is the process by which plants convert light energy into chemical energy. This complex process occurs in specialised organelles called chloroplasts.
Fig 13.1 shows a diagram of a chloroplast.
(a) Label the stroma and a thylakoid on Fig 13.1. [4]
(b) Identify the stage of photosynthesis that occurs in the stroma. [2]
Q172[11 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· The light-dependent stage of photosynthesis
Fig 13.1 shows a simplified diagram of the thylakoid membrane, illustrating the key processes of the light-dependent stage of photosynthesis.
(a) Analyse the provided diagram to identify the key components involved in the electron transport chain of the light-dependent stage. [5]
(b) Evaluate the importance of the proton gradient established across the thylakoid membrane. [3]
(c) Sketch a simplified diagram showing the relative positions of ATP synthase and the electron transport chain components within the thylakoid membrane. [3]
Q173[9 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· The light-independent stage of photosynthesis
The light-independent stage of photosynthesis, also known as the Calvin cycle, involves a series of reactions that fix carbon dioxide.
(a) Interpret the effect of suddenly reducing the CO2 concentration on the levels of RuBP and GP shown in Fig 13.2. [4]
(b) Draw a labelled diagram of a chloroplast, indicating the location where the light-independent stage occurs. [5]
Q174[6 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· An outline of photosynthesis
Photosynthesis is the process by which plants convert light energy into chemical energy, producing oxygen as a by-product. The rate of oxygen production can be used as an indicator of the rate of photosynthesis.
Fig 13.1 shows the rate of oxygen production by an aquatic plant under varying light conditions.
(a) Deduce how the rate of oxygen production changes when the light intensity is increased from 500 lux to 1500 lux, and suggest a reason for this change. [6]
Q175[4 marks]easyCh13 · Photosynthesis· Using chromatography to identify chloroplast pigments
Chloroplast pigments can be separated and identified using paper chromatography, a common laboratory technique.
(a) Outline the principle behind separating pigments using paper chromatography. [2]
(b) State one reason why a suitable solvent is crucial for effective pigment separation. [2]
Photosynthesis involves a series of complex reactions that convert light energy into chemical energy. One of these processes is non-cyclic photophosphorylation.
(a) Name the two photosystems involved in non-cyclic photophosphorylation. [2]
(b) State the three main products of non-cyclic photophosphorylation. [3]
Q177[4 marks]easyCh13 · Photosynthesis· An outline of photosynthesis
Photosynthesis is the vital process that converts light energy into chemical energy, forming the basis of most food chains on Earth.
(a) Write the overall balanced chemical equation for photosynthesis, including the conditions required. [4]
Photosynthesis is crucial for life on Earth, converting light energy into chemical energy. Understanding which wavelengths of light are most effective for this process is vital for optimising plant growth and agricultural practices.
(a) Analyse the information provided by an action spectrum regarding the wavelengths of light most effective for photosynthesis. [7]
(b) Deduce how the presence of different accessory pigments contributes to the overall shape of the action spectrum. [4]
Q179[6 marks]easyCh13 · Photosynthesis· Limiting factors in photosynthesis
Photosynthesis is a complex process influenced by several environmental factors. The graph in Fig 13.1 shows the effect of light intensity on the rate of photosynthesis.
(a) Define the term 'limiting factor' in the context of photosynthesis. [2]
(b) Identify two common environmental factors that can limit the rate of photosynthesis and explain why they are considered limiting. [4]
Q180[8 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· An outline of photosynthesis
Photosynthesis is divided into two main stages, each occurring in different parts of the chloroplast and with distinct requirements and products.
(a) Outline the main events of the light-dependent and light-independent stages of photosynthesis, highlighting the key products of each stage. [8]
Q181[10 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· Functions of chloroplast pigments
Photosynthetic organisms have evolved a diverse array of pigments to efficiently capture light energy from their environment.
(a) Discuss how the different absorption properties of various photosynthetic pigments contribute to the efficiency of photosynthesis. [6]
(b) Predict the consequences for a plant if it lacked all accessory pigments. [4]
Q182[7 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Functions of chloroplast pigments
Photosynthetic pigments absorb specific wavelengths of light. Fig 13.1 shows the absorption spectra for chlorophyll a and chlorophyll b.
(a) Interpret the absorption spectrum shown in Fig 13.1 for chlorophyll a and chlorophyll b, identifying the wavelengths of light they absorb most strongly. [4]
(b) Suggest why plants appear green. [3]
Q183[6 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Using chromatography to identify chloroplast pigments
Fig 13.1 shows a chromatogram illustrating the separation of chloroplast pigments from a plant leaf extract.
(a) Determine the Rf value for the pigment labelled 'Carotene' from the chromatogram shown in Fig 13.1. Show your working. [3]
(b) Identify which pigment is likely to be chlorophyll a, based on typical Rf values and appearance. [3]
Q184[9 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Limiting factors in photosynthesis
The rate of photosynthesis can be affected by various environmental factors. Fig 13.1 shows the rate of photosynthesis at two different carbon dioxide concentrations, as light intensity is varied.
(a) Analyse the data presented in Fig 13.1 to determine the limiting factor at a light intensity of 50 arbitrary units and a light intensity of 150 arbitrary units, providing reasoning. [4]
(b) Predict how the graph would change if the carbon dioxide concentration was doubled from 0.08% to 0.16%, assuming all other factors remain constant, and explain your prediction. [5]
Photosynthesis is the process by which plants use light energy to synthesise organic compounds. The efficiency of this process is dependent on the wavelength of light available.
Fig 13.3 shows an action spectrum for a typical green plant.
(a) Describe the pattern of photosynthetic rate observed across different wavelengths of light as shown in Fig 13.3. [4]
(b) Suggest a method that could be used to measure the rate of photosynthesis to generate the data for an action spectrum. [3]
(c) Predict the colour of light that would result in the lowest rate of photosynthesis for this plant. [2]
Q186[10 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· Limiting factors in photosynthesis
The rate of photosynthesis in a plant can be affected by several environmental factors. Fig 13.1 shows the effect of temperature on the rate of photosynthesis at two different light intensities.
(a) Analyse the data in Fig 13.1 to determine the optimal temperature for photosynthesis under high light intensity and explain why the rate decreases beyond this optimum. [5]
(b) Compare the limiting factors affecting the rate of photosynthesis at 15°C under low light intensity versus 35°C under high light intensity, referring to the graphs. [5]
Q187[6 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Investigating the effect of factors on the rate of photosynthesis in aquatic plants
The rate of photosynthesis in an aquatic plant, such as Elodea, can be investigated by observing the production of oxygen bubbles.
(a) Outline how the effect of carbon dioxide concentration on the rate of photosynthesis in an aquatic plant could be investigated experimentally. [4]
(b) State one way to increase the carbon dioxide concentration in the water for such an experiment. [2]
Q188[9 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Interaction of limiting factors
Fig 13.1 shows the effect of carbon dioxide concentration on the rate of photosynthesis at two different light intensities.
(a) Analyse the effect of increasing carbon dioxide concentration on the rate of photosynthesis at low light intensity and high light intensity, as shown in Fig 13.1. [4]
(b) Deduce which factor is limiting the rate of photosynthesis at point P on the graph. [3]
(c) Suggest one further factor that could be limiting the rate of photosynthesis at the highest CO2 concentration and high light intensity. [2]
Q189[5 marks]easyCh13 · Photosynthesis· Using a redox indicator to determine the effect of light intensity and light wavelength on the rate of photosynthesis
An investigation into the effect of light wavelength on photosynthesis uses isolated chloroplasts and a redox indicator like DCPIP.
(a) Identify two types of apparatus needed to investigate the effect of different light wavelengths on photosynthesis using a redox indicator. [2]
(b) State three precautions that should be taken when preparing chloroplast suspensions for such an experiment. [3]
A scientist investigated the effect of light intensity on the rate of photosynthesis in a plant. The results are shown in the graph in Fig 13.1.
(a) Interpret the trend shown in the graph regarding the effect of light intensity on the rate of photosynthesis. [4]
(b) Explain why the rate of photosynthesis eventually plateaus at high light intensities. [4]
Q191[11 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· Using a redox indicator to determine the effect of light intensity and light wavelength on the rate of photosynthesis
A student wants to investigate the effect of different light wavelengths on the rate of photosynthesis in isolated chloroplasts using a redox indicator. DCPIP (dichlorophenolindophenol) is a blue dye that acts as an electron acceptor and turns colourless when reduced.
(a) Design an experiment using a redox indicator to compare the effect of red light and green light on the rate of photosynthesis in chloroplast suspensions. Your design should include details of apparatus, procedure, and how the rate will be measured. [6]
(b) Justify the choice of control variables in your experimental design. [3]
(c) Predict the expected results for red light versus green light, explaining your reasoning in terms of photosynthetic pigments. [2]
Q192[9 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Investigating the effect of factors on the rate of photosynthesis in aquatic plants
Chloroplast suspensions are often used in experiments to investigate the light-dependent stage of photosynthesis. Fig 13.1 illustrates the process of preparing a chloroplast suspension from plant leaves.
(a) Describe how to prepare a chloroplast suspension from plant leaves for use in photosynthetic experiments, referring to Fig 13.1. [4]
(b) Explain why the chloroplast suspension should be kept on ice during preparation and experimentation. [3]
(c) If 10 cm³ of chloroplast suspension produces 0.5 cm³ of oxygen in 5 minutes at optimum conditions, calculate the rate of oxygen production per cm³ of suspension per minute. [2]
Q193[7 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Using a redox indicator to determine the effect of light intensity and light wavelength on the rate of photosynthesis
A student investigated the effect of light intensity on the rate of photosynthesis using a chloroplast suspension and a redox indicator. The time taken for the indicator to decolorize was recorded at different light intensities, as shown in the table below.
Light intensity (arbitrary units)
Time to decolorize (seconds)
0
No decolorization
10
300
20
150
40
75
60
50
80
45
100
40
(a) Plot a graph of the time taken for the indicator to decolorize against light intensity using the given data. [3]
(b) Interpret the relationship between light intensity and the rate of indicator decolorization from your graph. [2]
(c) Suggest why increasing light intensity beyond a certain point has less effect on the rate of decolorization. [2]
Photosynthesis is the process by which plants convert light energy into chemical energy.
(a) State the overall equation for photosynthesis. [2]
(b) Explain why light intensity is often a limiting factor for photosynthesis. [3]
Q195[12 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· Limiting factors in photosynthesis
Understanding the factors that limit the rate of photosynthesis is crucial for both scientific research and practical applications.
(a) Design an experiment to investigate the effect of temperature as a limiting factor on the rate of photosynthesis in an aquatic plant, including key variables to control. [6]
(b) Evaluate the economic implications of understanding limiting factors for large-scale crop production in greenhouses. [6]
Q196[5 marks]easyCh13 · Photosynthesis· Investigating the effect of factors on the rate of photosynthesis in aquatic plants
When investigating the rate of photosynthesis in the laboratory, aquatic plants are often used due to the ease of observing gas production.
(a) Name two common aquatic plants used to investigate the rate of photosynthesis. [2]
(b) State three observable ways to measure the rate of photosynthesis in an aquatic plant. [3]
Q197[10 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· Temperature
The rate of photosynthesis in a plant was investigated at different temperatures, while other factors such as light intensity and carbon dioxide concentration were kept constant. The results are shown in Fig 13.1.
(a) Evaluate the effectiveness of temperature as a limiting factor based on the data in Fig 13.1. [5]
(b) Predict the approximate rate of photosynthesis at 45 °C, giving a reason for your prediction. [3]
(c) Calculate the percentage decrease in the rate of photosynthesis when the temperature increases from the optimum to 40 °C. [2]
Q198[8 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Interaction of limiting factors
The rate of photosynthesis is often limited by a single factor, but these factors can interact. Consider a plant growing under conditions where light intensity is initially low.
(a) Explain how an increase in carbon dioxide concentration can increase the rate of photosynthesis even if light intensity is initially limiting. [5]
(b) Suggest why a plant growing in a desert might have different limiting factors compared to a plant in a tropical rainforest. [3]
Q199[12 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· Interaction of limiting factors
The rate of photosynthesis in a plant is influenced by several environmental factors. Understanding the interaction of these factors is crucial for maximising crop yield.
(a) Discuss the interaction between light intensity, temperature, and carbon dioxide concentration in determining the overall rate of photosynthesis. [8]
(b) Predict how the overall rate of photosynthesis would change if both light intensity and temperature were increased beyond their optimal levels simultaneously. [4]
Q200[8 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Using a redox indicator to determine the effect of light intensity and light wavelength on the rate of photosynthesis
A student uses a suspension of isolated chloroplasts and a redox indicator to investigate the rate of photosynthesis.
(a) Explain the principle behind using a redox indicator to measure the rate of photosynthesis. [3]
(b) Outline how the rate of colour change can be quantified to determine the rate of photosynthesis. [3]
(c) If a solution containing a redox indicator changes from blue to colourless in 120 seconds, calculate the rate of reduction in units of (1/time). [2]
Q201[4 marks]easyCh13 · Photosynthesis· Using a redox indicator to determine the effect of light intensity and light wavelength on the rate of photosynthesis
Chloroplast suspensions can be used with redox indicators to investigate the rate of the light-dependent stage of photosynthesis.
(a) Name a common redox indicator used to investigate the rate of photosynthesis. [1]
(b) Describe the colour change observed in a redox indicator as photosynthesis proceeds. [3]
A student is investigating the rate of photosynthesis in an aquatic plant by measuring oxygen production.
(a) Describe the effect of increasing light intensity on the rate of photosynthesis, assuming no other factors are limiting. [4]
(b) Calculate the rate of oxygen production in cm³ per minute if a plant produces 360 cm³ of oxygen in 3 hours at optimal light intensity. [3]
Q203[6 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Temperature
The rate of enzyme-catalysed reactions, such as those in photosynthesis, is affected by temperature. The temperature coefficient, Q10, is used to quantify this effect.
(a) Calculate the Q10 value for the rate of photosynthesis if the rate at 20 °C is 15 arbitrary units and at 30 °C is 30 arbitrary units. [3]
(b) Predict the rate of photosynthesis at 10 °C based on your calculated Q10 value, assuming the trend continues. [3]
Q204[7 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Investigating the effect of factors on the rate of photosynthesis in aquatic plants
A student investigated the effect of light intensity on the rate of photosynthesis of an aquatic plant using the setup shown in Fig 13.1. The results are plotted in Fig 13.2.
(a) Calculate the average rate of oxygen production in bubbles per minute when the light intensity is 50 arbitrary units, given that 30 bubbles were produced in 5 minutes. [3]
(b) Describe the trend shown in the graph (Fig 13.2) between light intensity and the rate of photosynthesis. [2]
(c) Suggest a reason why the rate of photosynthesis plateaus at higher light intensities. [2]
Q205[8 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Investigating the effect of factors on the rate of photosynthesis in aquatic plants
Fig 13.1 shows a typical experimental setup used to investigate the rate of photosynthesis in an aquatic plant.
(a) Describe a suitable experimental setup to investigate the effect of light intensity on the rate of photosynthesis in an aquatic plant, ensuring all other factors are controlled. [5]
(b) Explain why it is important to control the temperature in this experiment. [3]
Photosynthesis is a vital process for life on Earth, converting light energy into chemical energy. The rate of photosynthesis is influenced by several environmental factors.
(a) Analyse the relationship between light intensity and the light-dependent stage of photosynthesis. [6]
(b) Suggest two ways in which farmers can increase light intensity for crops grown in greenhouses, and explain the benefit of each. [4]
Q207[7 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Temperature
The rate of photosynthesis is affected by various environmental factors. Temperature is one such factor that plays a crucial role.
(a) Explain how temperature affects the rate of photosynthesis up to the optimum temperature. [4]
(b) Describe the effect of temperatures significantly above the optimum on the enzymes involved in photosynthesis. [3]
Q208[5 marks]easyCh13 · Photosynthesis· Interaction of limiting factors
Photosynthesis is a complex process affected by several environmental factors. When one factor restricts the rate of photosynthesis, it is referred to as a limiting factor.
(a) Define the term 'limiting factor' in the context of photosynthesis. [2]
(b) Identify three common limiting factors for photosynthesis. [3]
Q209[9 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Using a redox indicator to determine the effect of light intensity and light wavelength on the rate of photosynthesis
Photosynthesis involves two main stages: the light-dependent and light-independent stages. A common experiment involves using a redox indicator to measure the rate of the light-dependent stage.
(a) Describe the role of NADP in the light-dependent stage of photosynthesis. [4]
(b) Compare the use of a redox indicator with measuring oxygen bubble production as methods for determining the rate of photosynthesis. [3]
(c) Explain why the redox indicator should be kept in the dark before starting the experiment. [2]
Q210[4 marks]easyCh13 · Photosynthesis· Temperature
Photosynthesis involves many enzyme-catalysed reactions. Temperature is a key environmental factor affecting the rate of these reactions.
(a) Outline the general effect of increasing temperature on enzyme activity. [2]
(b) Name two enzymes involved in the light-independent stage of photosynthesis that would be affected by temperature. [2]
Q211[10 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· Investigating the effect of factors on the rate of photosynthesis in aquatic plants
The 'counting oxygen bubbles' method is a common technique used to measure the rate of photosynthesis in aquatic plants.
(a) Discuss the potential sources of error and limitations when using the 'counting oxygen bubbles' method to measure the rate of photosynthesis in aquatic plants. [6]
(b) Evaluate the advantages of using a gas syringe instead of counting individual bubbles to measure oxygen production. [4]
Q212[11 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· Investigating the effect of factors on the rate of photosynthesis in aquatic plants
The graph in Fig 13.1 shows the effect of light intensity on the rate of photosynthesis at different carbon dioxide concentrations in an aquatic plant.
(a) Analyse the data in Fig 13.1 to determine the limiting factor for photosynthesis at a light intensity of 1000 lux and a CO2 concentration of 0.04%. Explain your reasoning. [5]
(b) Propose an experimental modification to investigate if temperature becomes a limiting factor under conditions of high light intensity and sufficient CO2. [4]
(c) Suggest why increasing light intensity indefinitely may not increase the rate of photosynthesis in a real plant. [2]
Q213[10 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· The light-independent stage of photosynthesis
A research team is investigating the synthesis of various organic molecules in Chlamydomonas reinhardtii, a single-celled green alga, under different environmental conditions. They are particularly interested in how the products of the light-independent stage are utilised and recycled.
(a) Describe the role of ATP and reduced NADP in the conversion of glycerate-3-phosphate (GP) to triose phosphate (TP) in the Calvin cycle. [3]
(b) Explain how the Calvin cycle ensures a continuous supply of ribulose bisphosphate (RuBP) for carbon fixation, even when some triose phosphate (TP) is used for glucose synthesis. [4]
(c) Discuss the consequences for the Calvin cycle if the chloroplast's internal concentration of inorganic phosphate (Pi) were to significantly decrease. [3]
Q214[8 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Using chromatography to identify chloroplast pigments
Fig 13.3 shows a chromatogram used to separate chloroplast pigments.
(a) Measure the distance travelled by pigment spot B from the origin line.
[2]
(b) Calculate the Rf value for pigment spot A, given that the solvent front travelled 10.0 cm from the origin line.
[3]
(c) Identify the pigment represented by spot C, which has an Rf value of 0.15, and suggest a reason for its low Rf value.
[3]
The graph in Fig 13.4 shows an action spectrum for photosynthesis.
(a) Determine the wavelength at which the rate of photosynthesis is at its absolute minimum.
[2]
(b) Identify the two wavelengths where the rate of photosynthesis is approximately 85 arbitrary units, and relate these wavelengths to the absorption characteristics of photosynthetic pigments.
[4]
Q216[10 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· The light-independent stage of photosynthesis
Fig 13.20 shows a graph illustrating the effect of light and dark on the relative amounts of glycerate-3-phosphate (GP) and triose phosphate (TP) in a chloroplast.
(a) Analyze the change in the relative amounts of GP over time after the light is turned off at 5 minutes.
[3]
(b) Calculate the percentage change in the relative amount of TP between 5 minutes and 10 minutes after the light is turned off.
[3]
(c) Predict and explain the effect on the relative amounts of RuBP if CO2 concentration were suddenly reduced at 15 minutes, while still in the dark.
[4]
Q217[10 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· Interaction of limiting factors
Fig 13.10 shows a graph of the rate of photosynthesis against temperature at two different light intensities.
(a) Compare the rate of photosynthesis at 25°C and 100 µmol m⁻² s⁻¹ light intensity with the rate at 35°C and 100 µmol m⁻² s⁻¹ light intensity, stating the numerical difference.
[3]
(b) Calculate the approximate Q10 value for the rate of photosynthesis between 25°C and 35°C at a light intensity of 500 µmol m⁻² s⁻¹.
[3]
(c) Explain why increasing the temperature from 25°C to 35°C has a greater effect on the rate of photosynthesis at high light intensity (500 µmol m⁻² s⁻¹) than at low light intensity (100 µmol m⁻² s⁻¹).
[4]
Q218[9 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Temperature
The graph in Fig 13.21 shows the variation of the rate of photosynthesis with temperature (°C) at constant high light intensity and CO₂ concentration.
(a) Determine the rate of photosynthesis at 20°C.
(b) Calculate the Q₁₀ value for the rate of photosynthesis between 20°C and 30°C.
(c) Explain why the rate of photosynthesis is zero at 0°C and 50°C, referring to the underlying biochemical processes.
Q219[6 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Using a redox indicator to determine the effect of light intensity and light wavelength on the rate of photosynthesis
Fig 13.17 shows an experiment using a redox indicator (DCPIP) to measure the rate of photosynthesis in algal balls under different conditions. The time taken for the blue DCPIP indicator to change to clear indicates the rate of photosynthesis.
(a) Compare the time taken for the indicator to change colour under green light versus red light.
(b) Calculate the rate of photosynthesis (in 1/minutes) under red light, and explain why green light is less effective at driving photosynthesis.
Q220[6 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Functions of chloroplast pigments
The graph in Fig 13.2 shows the absorption spectra for chlorophyll a, chlorophyll b, and carotenoids.
(a) Determine the wavelength at which chlorophyll a shows its highest absorption peak in the red region.
[2]
(b) Calculate the difference in absorption percentage between chlorophyll a and chlorophyll b at a wavelength of 450 nm, and explain the significance of this difference for photosynthesis.
[4]
Q221[5 marks]easyCh13 · Photosynthesis· Functions of chloroplast pigments
Fig 13.2 shows a graph of absorption spectra for chlorophyll a, chlorophyll b, and carotenoids.
(a) Identify the wavelength at which carotenoids show their highest absorption.
[2]
(b) Compare the absorption of chlorophyll a and chlorophyll b at 500 nm, and state the colour of light least absorbed by these pigments.
[3]
Q222[12 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· Interaction of limiting factors
Fig 13.11 shows the rate of photosynthesis (arbitrary units) under various conditions of temperature, light intensity, and carbon dioxide concentration.
(a) Analyze the effect of increasing CO2 concentration from 0.03% to 0.1% on the maximum rate of photosynthesis observed at 30°C and high light intensity (1000 µmol m⁻² s⁻¹).
(b) Calculate the ratio of the rate of photosynthesis at 20°C, 0.1% CO2, and 1000 µmol m⁻² s⁻¹ to the rate at 20°C, 0.03% CO2, and 1000 µmol m⁻² s⁻¹.
(c) Evaluate which factor is limiting the rate of photosynthesis at 25°C, 0.03% CO2, and 500 µmol m⁻² s⁻¹, justifying your answer by comparing its rate to other conditions.
Fig 13.6 shows the 'Z scheme' of non-cyclic photophosphorylation.
(a) Describe the initial energy input required for electron excitation in Photosystem II, noting the specific wavelength absorbed by P680.
[3]
(b) Calculate the net number of electrons that leave Photosystem II and reach NADP+ reductase for every molecule of water photolysed, referring to Fig 13.6.
[3]
(c) Explain why the production of reduced NADP is essential for the light-independent stage, justifying the need for a continuous supply of electrons from water.
[4]
Q224[8 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Limiting factors in photosynthesis
The graph in Fig 13.8 shows the variation of the rate of photosynthesis with light intensity at two different carbon dioxide concentrations.
(a) Determine the difference in the maximum rate of photosynthesis between 0.03% CO2 and 0.1% CO2 concentration.
(b) Calculate the light intensity at which the rate of photosynthesis is approximately 50 units/hour under 0.1% CO2 concentration.
(c) Explain why the rate of photosynthesis at 100 µmol m⁻² s⁻¹ light intensity is significantly lower for 0.03% CO2 compared to 0.1% CO2.
Q225[8 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Photolysis of water
Fig 13.14 shows the chemical equation for the photolysis of water.
(a) Identify the number of electrons released from one molecule of water during photolysis.
[2]
(b) Calculate the number of water molecules that must be photolysed to produce 3 molecules of oxygen gas.
[3]
(c) Explain the importance of the H⁺ ions produced during photolysis in the context of ATP synthesis.
[3]
Fig 13.6 shows the 'Z scheme' of non-cyclic photophosphorylation.
(a) Trace the path of electrons from the photolysis of water to the formation of reduced NADP.
[3]
(b) Calculate the number of molecules of reduced NADP produced if 6 molecules of water are photolysed.
[3]
(c) Explain the role of the proton gradient in ATP synthesis during non-cyclic photophosphorylation, referring to the components involved in generating and utilising this gradient.
[4]
Q227[8 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Using chromatography to identify chloroplast pigments
Fig 13.3 shows a chromatogram used to separate chloroplast pigments.
(a) Measure the distance travelled by the solvent front from the origin line.
[2]
(b) Calculate the Rf value for pigment spot D. Show your working.
[3]
(c) Identify the pigment with the highest Rf value and explain what this indicates about its properties in the context of chromatography.
[3]
Fig 13.9 shows a graph of the rate of photosynthesis against light intensity.
(a) Determine the light intensity at which the rate of photosynthesis is 60 arbitrary units.
(b) Calculate the average increase in photosynthesis rate (units/lux) between 0 lux and 2000 lux, and predict the rate at 7000 lux if no other factors become limiting.
Q229[8 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Investigating the effect of factors on the rate of photosynthesis in aquatic plants
Fig 13.12 shows a setup for investigating the rate of photosynthesis in an aquatic plant.
(a) Measure the average rate of oxygen bubble production per minute over the first 5 minutes.
[2]
(b) Calculate the total volume of oxygen produced in 15 minutes, assuming an average bubble volume of 0.01 mm³.
[3]
(c) Suggest one way to increase the reliability of the measurements taken from this setup, and explain why it would improve reliability.
[3]
The data in Fig 13.4 shows an action spectrum for photosynthesis.
(a) Determine the wavelength range where the rate of photosynthesis is above 80% of its maximum value.
[2]
(b) Compare the rate of photosynthesis at 550 nm with the rate at 450 nm, and suggest a reason for the observed difference.
[4]
Q231[12 marks]hardCh13 · Photosynthesis· Interaction of limiting factors
The data in Fig 13.11 shows the rate of photosynthesis under various conditions of temperature, light intensity, and CO2 concentration.
(a) Analyze the effect of increasing temperature from 20°C to 30°C on the rate of photosynthesis at a constant low light intensity of 100 µmol m⁻² s⁻¹ and 0.03% CO2.
(b) Calculate the percentage increase in the rate of photosynthesis when both light intensity is increased from 100 to 1000 µmol m⁻² s⁻¹ and CO2 concentration is increased from 0.03% to 0.1% at 25°C.
(c) Predict and justify the most likely limiting factor at 35°C, 0.1% CO2, and 500 µmol m⁻² s⁻¹ light intensity, referring to the data provided.
Q232[9 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Investigating the effect of factors on the rate of photosynthesis in aquatic plants
Fig 13.12 shows a setup for investigating the rate of photosynthesis in an aquatic plant, Elodea. The plant is submerged in a beaker of water containing sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and placed under a light source. The number of oxygen bubbles produced per minute is recorded over 15 minutes.
(a) Measure the number of oxygen bubbles produced in the 10th minute of the experiment.
(b) Calculate the average rate of oxygen bubble production per minute over the entire 15-minute period.
(c) Analyze the effect of moving the light source 5 cm closer to the plant, and suggest how this change would affect the rate of photosynthesis.
Q233[6 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Using a redox indicator to determine the effect of light intensity and light wavelength on the rate of photosynthesis
Fig 13.17 shows the results of an experiment investigating the effect of light intensity and wavelength on the rate of photosynthesis using a redox indicator.
(a) Observe the time taken for the indicator to change colour from blue to clear under high light intensity.
(b) Calculate the rate of photosynthesis (in 1/minutes) under low light intensity, and explain why the colour change is faster under high light intensity.
Fig 13.9 shows a graph of the rate of photosynthesis (arbitrary units) against light intensity (lux).
(a) Determine the light intensity at which the rate of photosynthesis reaches 75% of its maximum value.
(b) Calculate the percentage increase in the rate of photosynthesis when light intensity increases from 1000 lux to 3000 lux.
(c) Suggest a possible limiting factor at a light intensity of 5000 lux, and explain your reasoning.
Q235[8 marks]mediumCh13 · Photosynthesis· Limiting factors in photosynthesis
The graph in Fig 13.8 shows the variation of the rate of photosynthesis with light intensity at two different carbon dioxide concentrations.
(a) Determine the initial rate of photosynthesis (in arbitrary units/hour) at 200 µmol m⁻² s⁻¹ light intensity when the CO2 concentration is 0.03%.
[2]
(b) Calculate the percentage increase in the maximum rate of photosynthesis when light intensity increases from 200 µmol m⁻² s⁻¹ to 400 µmol m⁻² s⁻¹ at 0.1% CO2 concentration.
[3]
(c) Explain why the rate of photosynthesis plateaus at higher light intensities for both curves, referring to other potential limiting factors.
[3]
The arrangement of cells in the maize leaf, known as Kranz anatomy, reduces photorespiration. Suggest how this anatomy leads to a high rate of photosynthesis at high temperatures.
Scientists cultured a species of alga in the light. They then turned off the light and measured the concentration of RuBP and GP in the cells over a period of 60 seconds. The results are shown in Table 4.1.
<center>Table 4.1
Time after light turned off / s
Concentration of RuBP / arbitrary units
Concentration of GP / arbitrary units
0
12.0
4.0
30
3.0
11.0
| 60 | 1.0 | 13.0 |</center>
Using the data in Table 4.1, describe the changes in the concentrations of RuBP and GP after the light was turned off.
A student suggested that the data shows that *Chlorella* and *Spirulina* occupy different ecological niches with respect to light availability.
Discuss the extent to which the data in Table 2.1 supports this suggestion.
A student planned to investigate the effect of carbon dioxide concentration on the rate of photosynthesis in the aquatic plant, *Elodea*. The student used different concentrations of sodium hydrogencarbonate solution as a source of carbon dioxide.
(i) Identify the independent variable in this investigation.
(ii) Identify the dependent variable in this investigation.
Sketch a graph on the axes below to show the expected results from this investigation if carbon dioxide is the limiting factor at low concentrations but another factor becomes limiting at high concentrations.
Label both axes.
The student used a photosynthometer. The gas produced collects in a capillary tube of radius 0.50 mm. In one trial, the bubble of gas moved a distance of 32 mm along the tube.
Calculate the volume of gas produced. The formula for the volume of a cylinder is V = πr²l.
Give your answer to two significant figures and state the units.
Describe a method the student could use to investigate the effect of a range of carbon dioxide concentrations on the rate of photosynthesis in *Elodea*.
Your method should be detailed enough for another person to follow.
Plot a bar chart on a single set of axes to compare the mean rates of photosynthesis for both *Chlorella* and *Spirulina* under the three different colours of light shown in Table 2.1.
The scientists used a statistical test to compare the rates of photosynthesis for *Spirulina* in red light and blue light.
(i) State a suitable null hypothesis for this test.
(ii) The test produced a probability value of p = 0.15. Explain what this result indicates about the data.
Using the data in Table 2.1, calculate the percentage decrease in the mean rate of photosynthesis for *Chlorella* when the wavelength was changed from red light to blue light.
Show your working and give your answer to one decimal place.
Scientists investigated the effect of different wavelengths of light on the rate of photosynthesis in two species of algae, *Chlorella* and *Spirulina*. The experimental setup is described and the results are shown in Table 2.1.
State two variables, other than light wavelength, that should have been controlled during this investigation.
Genetic technology has enabled scientists to manipulate the genetic material of organisms for various purposes.
(a) Outline what is meant by a 'genetically modified organism' (GMO). [3]
(b) Explain the difference between genetic engineering and selective breeding. [4]
Restriction enzymes are essential tools in genetic technology.
(a) Define the term 'restriction enzyme'. [2]
(b) State three characteristics of restriction enzymes. [3]
Q260[8 marks]mediumCh19 · Genetic technology· Identifying bacteria with recombinant DNA
After transforming bacteria with plasmids, scientists need to distinguish between cells that have taken up a plasmid and those that have not. Plasmids often contain genetic markers to facilitate this identification.
(a) Describe how antibiotic resistance genes are used as genetic markers to identify bacteria that have taken up a plasmid. [4]
(b) Fig 19.1 shows a petri dish with bacterial colonies after transformation and growth on a selective medium containing ampicillin. Suggest a method to identify bacteria that have successfully incorporated a foreign gene into a plasmid containing an antibiotic resistance gene, if the foreign gene itself does not confer a new selectable phenotype. [4]
Genetic markers are essential tools in molecular cloning experiments, helping scientists identify successful transformation and recombination.
Fig 19.2 shows the results of a bacterial transformation experiment where a plasmid carrying an ampicillin resistance gene and a lacZ gene (containing a multiple cloning site) was used. The bacteria were grown on a medium containing ampicillin and X-gal.
(a) Describe the function of a genetic marker in molecular cloning. [4]
(b) Predict the outcome if a plasmid vector, intended for transformation, lacked a functional genetic marker. [3]
Reverse transcriptase is a key enzyme in molecular biology, allowing the synthesis of DNA from an RNA template.
Fig 19.2 illustrates the action of reverse transcriptase.
(a) Describe the process of synthesising cDNA from an mRNA template using reverse transcriptase. [5]
(b) Explain why cDNA, rather than genomic DNA, is often preferred when cloning eukaryotic genes into prokaryotic cells. [4]
Q263[8 marks]mediumCh19 · Genetic technology· Getting the plasmids into bacteria
Genetic engineering often involves introducing plasmids, carrying desired genes, into bacterial cells. This process, known as transformation, requires making the bacterial cell membrane permeable to allow the uptake of these large DNA molecules.
(a) Explain the role of calcium chloride in preparing bacterial cells for transformation, as depicted in Fig 19.1. [4]
(b) Outline the process of electroporation as an alternative method for introducing plasmids into bacterial cells. [4]
Q264[9 marks]mediumCh19 · Genetic technology· Inserting a gene into a plasmid vector
The process of genetic engineering involves the precise manipulation of DNA. One common technique is to insert a desired gene into a plasmid vector.
Fig 19.2 illustrates the process of inserting a gene into a plasmid.
(a) Outline the role of restriction enzymes and DNA ligase in inserting a gene into a plasmid vector. [5]
(b) Explain why it is important to use the same restriction enzyme to cut both the foreign gene and the plasmid vector. [4]
Restriction enzymes are crucial for manipulating DNA in genetic engineering.
Fig 19.1 shows a short double-stranded DNA sequence and the recognition site for a restriction enzyme.
(a) Describe how a restriction enzyme cuts a DNA molecule to produce 'sticky ends'. [4]
(b) Explain the significance of 'sticky ends' in genetic engineering. [4]
Q266[10 marks]hardCh19 · Genetic technology· Inserting a gene into a plasmid vector
Genetic engineering often involves transferring genes between different types of organisms, such as from eukaryotes to prokaryotes. This process is not always straightforward.
(a) Discuss the challenges faced when trying to insert a eukaryotic gene into a prokaryotic plasmid vector for expression in bacteria. [6]
(b) Predict the outcome if a gene was inserted into a plasmid vector but the plasmid's origin of replication was accidentally removed during the process. Justify your answer. [4]
Q267[4 marks]easyCh19 · Genetic technology· Recombinant human insulin
The production of human insulin using genetically modified bacteria has revolutionised the treatment of diabetes.
(a) Identify two advantages of producing human insulin using genetically modified bacteria compared to extracting it from animal pancreases. [2]
(b) State the role of reverse transcriptase in the production of recombinant human insulin. [2]
Q268[8 marks]mediumCh19 · Genetic technology· Gel electrophoresis
Gel electrophoresis is a technique used to separate DNA fragments based on their size and charge. Fig. 19.1 shows the results of a gel electrophoresis experiment.
(a) Interpret the results shown in Fig. 19.1 by identifying which lane contains the largest DNA fragments. [3]
(b) Explain how the electric field causes DNA fragments to separate in gel electrophoresis. [5]
Gene editing technologies, such as Crispr/Cas9, represent a significant advancement over earlier forms of genetic engineering.
(a) Discuss the potential advantages of gene editing compared to earlier forms of genetic engineering. [6]
(b) Evaluate one ethical concern associated with the use of gene editing in human embryos. [4]
Q270[6 marks]easyCh19 · Genetic technology· Tools for the gene technologist
Gel electrophoresis is a technique used to separate molecules based on their size and charge. Fig. 19.1 shows the results of a gel electrophoresis experiment.
(a) Identify the type of molecule that is being separated in Fig. 19.1. [2]
(b) Describe how the fragments shown in Fig. 19.1 are separated by this technique. [4]
Crispr/Cas9 technology is widely used for gene editing. Fig. 19.1 shows the results of a gel electrophoresis experiment comparing DNA fragments after Crispr/Cas9 treatment at two different target sites, A and B, when compared to an untreated control.
(a) Analyse the results in Fig. 19.1 to determine the efficiency of gene editing at target sites A and B, explaining the observed banding patterns. [5]
(b) Suggest two potential off-target effects that could occur when using Crispr/Cas9 and explain why these are a concern. [3]
(c) Draw a simple diagram to show how a specific gene could be inserted into a target DNA sequence using Crispr/Cas9 and homologous recombination. [3]
Genetic engineering relies on vectors to introduce foreign DNA into host cells. Plasmids and bacteriophages are two commonly used types of vectors.
Fig 19.1 shows a diagram of a typical bacterial plasmid.
(a) Explain why plasmids are commonly used as vectors in genetic engineering. [4]
(b) Describe how bacteriophages can be used as vectors to introduce foreign DNA into bacterial cells. [4]
Q273[6 marks]easyCh19 · Genetic technology· Getting the plasmids into bacteria
After creating recombinant plasmids, the next crucial step in genetic engineering is to introduce these plasmids into bacterial cells, a process known as transformation.
(a) Name two common methods used to introduce recombinant plasmids into bacterial cells. [2]
(b) Describe the principle of heat shock treatment to make bacterial cells competent for plasmid uptake. [4]
The Crispr/Cas9 system is a revolutionary tool used in gene editing. Fig 19.1 shows a simplified diagram of the Crispr/Cas9 complex.
Fig 19.1
(a) Identify the two main components of the Crispr/Cas9 system shown in Fig 19.1. [2]
(b) Describe the function of the guide RNA within the Crispr/Cas9 complex. [4]
The Crispr/Cas9 system has revolutionised gene editing due to its precision and efficiency.
(a) Explain the step-by-step mechanism by which the Crispr/Cas9 system targets and cuts a specific DNA sequence. [6]
(b) Outline one way in which the cell's natural repair mechanisms can be exploited after a Crispr/Cas9 cut to achieve gene editing. [3]
Q276[11 marks]hardCh19 · Genetic technology· Digital biology handles big data
The cost of sequencing a human genome has dramatically decreased over the past two decades, revolutionising biomedical research and opening doors for personalised medicine.
Fig 19.1 shows the trend in the cost of sequencing a human genome over time.
(a) Analyse the trend in the cost of sequencing a human genome over time, as shown in Fig 19.1, and relate it to the growth of digital biology. [5]
(b) Discuss the implications of this trend for personalised medicine. [3]
(c) Predict what the approximate cost of sequencing a human genome might be in 2025, based on the trend in Fig 19.1, explaining your reasoning. [3]
Microarrays are powerful tools used to study gene expression across thousands of genes simultaneously. Fig. 19.2 shows a section of a microarray experiment comparing gene expression in diseased cells versus healthy cells.
(a) Interpret the results shown in Fig. 19.2 for genes A and B, indicating their expression levels. [4]
(b) Explain how the different fluorescent colours on the microarray in Fig. 19.2 are generated and what they represent. [4]
Q278[8 marks]mediumCh19 · Genetic technology· Genetic technology and medicine
Genetic technology has revolutionised the production of therapeutic proteins, such as human insulin. Fig 19.1 shows a simplified diagram illustrating the key steps in this process.
(a) Describe how genetic technology can be used to produce recombinant human insulin. [4]
(b) Explain the advantage of using recombinant human insulin over insulin extracted from animal sources. [4]
Q279[10 marks]hardCh19 · Genetic technology· Gel electrophoresis
Gel electrophoresis is a fundamental technique for separating DNA fragments in molecular biology. Fig. 19.2 illustrates a typical gel electrophoresis setup.
(a) Discuss the factors that influence the rate of migration of DNA fragments through an agarose gel during electrophoresis. [6]
(b) Evaluate the importance of using a DNA ladder (marker) in gel electrophoresis. [4]
The polymerase chain reaction (PCR) is a molecular biology technique used to amplify a single copy or a few copies of a piece of DNA across several orders of magnitude, generating thousands to millions of copies of a particular DNA sequence.
(a) Analyse the different applications of PCR in medical diagnostics and forensic science. [6]
(b) Explain how the specificity of primers is crucial for the successful amplification of a target DNA sequence in PCR. [4]
In genetic technology, specific tools are used to transfer genetic material between organisms.
(a) Define the term 'vector' in the context of genetic technology. [2]
(b) State three desirable characteristics of a plasmid used as a vector in genetic engineering. [3]
Q282[5 marks]easyCh19 · Genetic technology· Genetic technology and medicine
Genetic technology has revolutionised many fields, including medicine, offering new approaches to understanding and treating diseases.
(a) Define genetic engineering. [2]
(b) State three potential benefits of genetic technology in medicine. [3]
Q283[11 marks]hardCh19 · Genetic technology· Tools for the gene technologist
Restriction enzymes are crucial tools in genetic engineering, enabling precise manipulation of DNA. These enzymes recognise specific palindromic sequences of DNA.
(a) Draw a diagram to show how a recognition sequence for a restriction enzyme with sticky ends is cut, clearly indicating the sticky ends formed. [3]
(b) Explain why the use of the same restriction enzyme is crucial when preparing DNA from different sources for recombinant DNA technology. [4]
(c) Predict the appearance of a gel electrophoresis result if a plasmid containing a single recognition site for a restriction enzyme is cut with that enzyme and then run on a gel, compared to the uncut plasmid. [4]
Restriction enzymes are crucial tools in genetic engineering, capable of cutting DNA at specific recognition sites.
Fig 19.2 shows a linear double-stranded DNA molecule. The recognition site for the restriction enzyme EcoRI is GAATTC, and it cuts between the G and the A on both strands.
(a) Identify the recognition site(s) for the restriction enzyme EcoRI in the DNA sequence shown in Fig 19.2. [2]
(b) Predict the number of fragments that would be produced if this DNA molecule was cut with EcoRI. [2]
(c) Draw the resulting DNA fragments, showing the 'sticky ends' after digestion with EcoRI. [3]
Genetic technology often involves comparing gene expression profiles between different cell types, for example, normal cells versus cancerous cells. Microarrays are a powerful tool used for this purpose.
(a) Outline the main steps involved in carrying out a gene microarray experiment to compare gene expression between two different cell types. [6]
(b) Evaluate the advantages and limitations of using microarrays for genetic analysis. [4]
Promoters are essential regulatory elements that control when and where genes are expressed. Their structure and function can vary significantly between different types of organisms.
(a) Describe the role of a promoter in initiating transcription in a prokaryotic cell. [4]
(b) Explain why a promoter from a human gene might not function correctly if inserted into a bacterial plasmid for protein production. [4]
Q287[5 marks]easyCh19 · Genetic technology· Fighting crime with DNA
DNA analysis plays a crucial role in forensic science for identifying individuals involved in criminal investigations.
(a) Define the term 'DNA fingerprinting'. [2]
(b) State three types of biological samples that can be used to obtain DNA for forensic analysis. [3]
Q288[5 marks]easyCh19 · Genetic technology· Separating and amplifying DNA
Before DNA can be analysed using techniques such as PCR or gel electrophoresis, it must first be extracted from cells.
(a) State two reasons why DNA needs to be separated from other cellular components before analysis. [2]
(b) Outline the initial step in DNA extraction that involves cell lysis. [3]
Q289[9 marks]mediumCh19 · Genetic technology· Tools for the gene technologist
Genetic engineering involves the manipulation of an organism's genetic material to introduce new traits or modify existing ones.
(a) Explain the role of restriction enzymes and DNA ligase in the creation of recombinant DNA. [5]
(b) State four essential components required for a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and briefly describe the function of each. [4]
Reverse transcriptase is an enzyme with a unique function in molecular biology.
(a) Name the type of nucleic acid that serves as a template for reverse transcriptase. [2]
(b) Outline the natural role of reverse transcriptase in certain organisms. [4]
The polymerase chain reaction (PCR) is a powerful technique used to amplify specific regions of DNA for various applications, including genetic testing and forensic analysis.
(a) Describe the role of primers in the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). [4]
(b) Explain why a heat-stable DNA polymerase, such as Taq polymerase, is essential for PCR. [4]
Q292[8 marks]mediumCh19 · Genetic technology· Fighting crime with DNA
Forensic scientists use DNA profiling to link suspects to crime scenes by analysing biological evidence.
(a) Describe the basic principle of how DNA profiles are generated for forensic purposes. [4]
(b) Explain why DNA fingerprinting is considered a reliable method for identifying individuals, even with small sample sizes. [4]
Genetic markers are crucial for identifying successful transformation and the presence of recombinant DNA in host cells.
(a) Compare the use of antibiotic resistance genes and reporter genes (e.g., lacZ gene) as genetic markers for identifying recombinant bacteria, highlighting their respective advantages and disadvantages. [6]
(b) Justify the importance of having multiple cloning sites within a genetic marker gene (e.g., lacZ) in a plasmid vector for efficient genetic engineering. [5]
Q294[5 marks]easyCh19 · Genetic technology· Synthesising DNA
Genetic technology often requires the production of specific DNA sequences for various applications.
(a) List two methods used to synthesise DNA artificially. [2]
(b) State three reasons why scientists might need to synthesise DNA in vitro. [3]
Gene expression, the process by which information from a gene is used in the synthesis of a functional gene product, is tightly regulated. A key regulatory element in this process is the promoter.
(a) Define the term 'promoter' in the context of gene expression. [2]
(b) State three key characteristics of a eukaryotic promoter. [3]
Q296[8 marks]mediumCh19 · Genetic technology· Analysing and storing genetic information
The advent of whole-genome sequencing has revolutionised our understanding of genetics, but it also presents significant challenges.
(a) Describe the concept of a 'genome' and its significance in genetic analysis. [4]
(b) Discuss the challenges associated with the sheer volume of genetic data generated from whole-genome sequencing. [4]
Genetic engineering has opened up new possibilities in agriculture, leading to the development of genetically modified organisms (GMOs) with enhanced traits. However, its widespread use remains a subject of debate.
Discuss the potential benefits and ethical concerns associated with the widespread use of genetic engineering in agriculture. [10]
Q298[10 marks]hardCh19 · Genetic technology· Identifying bacteria with recombinant DNA
The identification of transformed bacteria, those that have successfully taken up a plasmid, is a crucial step in genetic engineering. Various methods employ different genetic markers to achieve this.
(a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of using a gene encoding for a fluorescent protein as a reporter gene for identifying transformed bacteria. [6]
(b) Evaluate the efficiency of transformation in a bacterial culture where 1 in 10^5 cells successfully take up a plasmid. [4]
Genetic technology has advanced significantly, moving from traditional genetic engineering to more precise methods like gene editing.
(a) Outline what is meant by the term 'gene editing'. [4]
(b) Give two examples of how gene editing differs from traditional genetic engineering. [3]
Q300[10 marks]hardCh19 · Genetic technology· Getting the plasmids into bacteria
The introduction of recombinant plasmids into bacterial cells is a fundamental step in many genetic engineering applications, from producing therapeutic proteins to creating genetically modified organisms. Various methods exist to facilitate this process.
(a) Compare the effectiveness and potential drawbacks of heat shock and electroporation for introducing plasmids into bacterial cells. [5]
(b) Evaluate the importance of selecting for transformed bacteria after the introduction of plasmids, describing why this step is crucial for successful genetic engineering experiments. [5]
The Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) is a molecular biology technique used to amplify a single copy or a few copies of a piece of DNA across several orders of magnitude, generating thousands to millions of copies of a particular DNA sequence.
(a) Outline the three main temperature-dependent steps in a single cycle of PCR. [4]
(b) Calculate the theoretical number of DNA copies produced after 5 cycles of PCR, starting with one double-stranded DNA molecule. [3]
Q302[6 marks]mediumCh19 · Genetic technology· Separating and amplifying DNA
DNA extraction is the first step in many genetic technologies, allowing for the isolation of genetic material from biological samples.
(a) Describe the function of centrifugation in the process of DNA extraction. [3]
(b) Draw a simple diagram illustrating the process of DNA precipitation using ethanol. [3]
Q303[6 marks]easyCh19 · Genetic technology· Digital biology handles big data
The field of biology is increasingly generating vast amounts of data, from DNA sequences to protein structures and gene expression profiles. Managing and interpreting this data requires specialised computational approaches.
(a) Define the term 'bioinformatics'. [2]
(b) Give two examples of how bioinformatics is used to handle and analyse large biological datasets, other than storing genetic information. [4]
Q304[5 marks]easyCh19 · Genetic technology· Analysing and storing genetic information
Genetic information, such as DNA sequences, is fundamental to understanding living organisms and has numerous applications in biology and medicine.
(a) State the main purpose of analysing genetic information. [2]
(b) Explain why storing genetic information is crucial for future research and applications. [3]
Q305[5 marks]easyCh19 · Genetic technology· Identifying bacteria with recombinant DNA
In genetic engineering, after the process of transformation, it is necessary to identify which bacterial cells have successfully taken up the desired DNA. This often involves the use of specific marker genes.
(a) State the purpose of using a reporter gene in genetic engineering. [2]
(b) Explain why replica plating is a common technique used to identify bacteria containing recombinant plasmids. [3]
Q306[7 marks]mediumCh19 · Genetic technology· Digital biology handles big data
Modern genetic research generates enormous quantities of data, including full genome sequences, gene expression profiles, and protein interaction networks. Interpreting this data is crucial for advancing our understanding of biology and disease.
(a) Describe the role of computational tools in the analysis of genetic information. [4]
(b) Suggest how the increasing volume of genetic data necessitates the development of more advanced digital biology techniques. [3]
Q307[11 marks]hardCh19 · Genetic technology· Synthesising DNA
Genetic technology employs various methods to synthesise DNA depending on the starting material and desired outcome.
(a) Compare the process of DNA synthesis that occurs during PCR with the synthesis of cDNA using reverse transcriptase, as illustrated in Fig 19.1. [5]
(b) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of synthesising DNA chemically compared to obtaining it from a natural source. [6]
Prenatal diagnosis techniques, such as amniocentesis, can be used to detect genetic disorders in a fetus.
(a) Describe the process of prenatal diagnosis using amniocentesis, referring to Fig 19.1. [4]
(b) Explain two potential risks associated with prenatal diagnosis techniques. [4]
Genetic modification and selective breeding are two methods used to improve crop plants for agriculture.
(a) Compare the process of creating a genetically modified plant with traditional selective breeding techniques, highlighting key differences. [5]
(b) Evaluate the importance of using a suitable vector for introducing desired genes into plant cells. [3]
(c) Sketch a simplified diagram showing the general structure of a plasmid vector commonly used in plant genetic engineering, labelling at least three key features. [3]
Q310[9 marks]mediumCh19 · Genetic technology· Ethical and social implications of using GMOs in food production
Public perception plays a significant role in the adoption and acceptance of new technologies, including genetically modified organisms (GMOs) in food production. Fig. 19.1 illustrates trends in public perception of GMOs over a decade.
Fig. 19.1
(a) Analyse the data in Fig. 19.1 regarding public perception of GMOs in food production. [4]
(b) Discuss two social concerns that might contribute to the trends shown in Fig. 19.1. [3]
(c) Suggest one strategy to address public concerns about GMOs in food. [2]
Q311[5 marks]easyCh19 · Genetic technology· Genetic technology and agriculture
Genetic technology has found widespread application in agriculture to improve crop and livestock characteristics.
(a) State one aim of genetic technology in agriculture. [1]
(b) Identify two types of organisms that are commonly genetically modified for agricultural purposes. [2]
(c) Describe briefly what is meant by a genetically modified organism (GMO). [2]
Leber congenital amaurosis (LCA) is a group of inherited retinal diseases that severely impair vision from birth or early childhood. Gene therapy has shown promise as a treatment for certain forms of LCA.
(a) Describe the primary genetic defect that leads to Leber congenital amaurosis (LCA). [3]
(b) Identify three advantages of using adeno-associated viruses (AAVs) as vectors for gene therapy in retinal conditions like LCA. [3]
Prenatal diagnosis offers expectant parents the opportunity to screen for genetic conditions in their unborn child.
(a) Identify two methods of prenatal diagnosis. [2]
(b) State three risks associated with invasive prenatal diagnostic procedures. [3]
Q314[10 marks]hardCh19 · Genetic technology· Gene therapy for SCID
Severe Combined Immunodeficiency (SCID) is a group of rare genetic disorders characterised by a severely compromised immune system, making affected individuals highly vulnerable to infections. Gene therapy has been explored as a potential treatment for SCID.
Discuss the potential benefits and ethical concerns surrounding the use of gene therapy for treating Severe Combined Immunodeficiency (SCID). [10]
The development of genetically modified plants has revolutionised agricultural practices, offering solutions to challenges such as pest control and nutrient deficiencies.
(a) Explain why genetically modified plants are often referred to as transgenic organisms. [4]
(b) Outline the general steps involved in introducing a new gene into a plant cell to create a genetically modified plant. [4]
Prenatal diagnosis offers methods to detect genetic conditions in a fetus before birth. Fig 19.1 illustrates two common procedures used for prenatal diagnosis.
(a) Compare amniocentesis and chorionic villus sampling (CVS) as methods of prenatal diagnosis, highlighting one similarity and one difference. [4]
(b) Discuss the social and ethical considerations a couple might face when deciding whether to undergo prenatal diagnosis for a genetic condition. [4]
Genetic engineering has enabled the development of crops that are resistant to specific herbicides, allowing farmers to control weeds more effectively.
(a) Discuss the advantages of developing herbicide-resistant crops for farmers. [5]
(b) Evaluate the potential environmental concerns associated with the widespread use of herbicide-resistant crops. [5]
The development of herbicide-resistant crops has revolutionised farming practices in many regions, allowing for more efficient weed control.
(a) Describe the primary mechanism by which herbicide-resistant crops are engineered to withstand specific herbicides. [3]
(b) State three reasons why farmers might choose to plant herbicide-resistant crops. [3]
Q319[8 marks]mediumCh19 · Genetic technology· What is gene therapy?
Gene therapy approaches are broadly categorised into two main types based on how the therapeutic genes are delivered to the patient.
(a) Explain the difference between ex vivo and in vivo gene therapy, providing an example for each. [4]
(b) Describe the characteristics of an ideal vector for gene therapy. [4]
Gene therapy offers a potential approach to treating genetic disorders.
(a) Outline what is meant by 'gene therapy'. [2]
(b) Give three challenges associated with successful gene therapy. [3]
Q321[5 marks]easyCh19 · Genetic technology· What is gene therapy?
Gene therapy offers a promising approach for treating genetic disorders by correcting the underlying genetic defects. However, its widespread application faces several challenges.
(a) Define the term 'gene therapy'. [2]
(b) State three general challenges associated with the successful delivery of genes in gene therapy. [3]
Q322[11 marks]hardCh19 · Genetic technology· Genetic technology and medicine
Gene therapy holds significant promise for treating a range of genetic disorders, but also raises complex ethical questions.
(a) Evaluate the potential benefits and ethical concerns of using gene therapy to treat genetic disorders such as SCID or Leber congenital amaurosis. [6]
(b) Describe the challenges associated with the successful delivery and expression of therapeutic genes in gene therapy. [5]
Q323[9 marks]mediumCh19 · Genetic technology· What is genetic screening?
Genetic screening techniques are used to identify specific alleles or genetic mutations. Fig 19.2 shows a simplified representation of a microarray chip used in genetic screening.
(a) Explain the principle of using a gene probe in genetic screening to detect a specific allele. [5]
(b) Describe how a microarray, as shown in Fig 19.2, can be used to screen for multiple genetic conditions simultaneously. [4]
Q324[6 marks]easyCh19 · Genetic technology· What is genetic screening?
Genetic screening is a powerful tool in modern medicine, allowing for the detection of genetic conditions.
(a) Define genetic screening. [2]
(b) Name two genetic disorders that can be detected by genetic screening. [2]
(c) Outline one ethical consideration associated with genetic screening. [2]
Genetic screening is a powerful tool in modern medicine, used to identify individuals at risk of, or carriers for, certain genetic conditions.
(a) Define the term 'genetic screening'. [2]
(b) State three reasons why genetic screening might be carried out. [3]
The development of insect-resistant crops has significantly impacted agricultural practices.
(a) Describe the process of introducing the Bt toxin gene into a crop plant, up to the point of obtaining a transgenic plant. [5]
(b) Suggest one potential environmental benefit and one potential environmental risk of cultivating insect-resistant GM crops. [3]
Q327[8 marks]mediumCh19 · Genetic technology· Genetic technology and agriculture
Genetic technology is increasingly being applied in agriculture to improve both crop and livestock production. This has led to significant advancements but also raised various debates.
(a) Outline two potential benefits of using genetic technology in livestock farming. [4]
(b) Discuss one ethical concern related to the genetic modification of food animals. [4]
Q328[11 marks]hardCh19 · Genetic technology· What is gene therapy?
Gene therapy offers the potential to treat a wide range of genetic disorders by introducing functional genes into cells. However, the choice of vector and the ethical implications of its application are critical considerations.
(a) Fig 19.1 shows a table comparing different types of gene therapy vectors. Compare the advantages and disadvantages of using viral vectors versus non-viral vectors in gene therapy, using information from Fig 19.1 and your biological knowledge. [5]
(b) Discuss the ethical implications of using gene therapy to treat non-life-threatening conditions or for 'enhancement' purposes. [6]
Q329[11 marks]hardCh19 · Genetic technology· Ethical and social implications of using GMOs in food production
The development of genetically modified organisms (GMOs) for agriculture has sparked extensive debate, particularly concerning their ethical and social implications.
(a) Evaluate the ethical arguments for and against the widespread use of genetically modified organisms (GMOs) in agriculture for food production. [7]
(b) Compare the potential benefits of herbicide-resistant crops with insect-resistant crops, considering both agricultural and environmental impacts. [4]
Genetically modified crops are often engineered to be resistant to insect pests.
(a) State the origin of the Bt toxin gene used in insect-resistant crops. [2]
(b) Explain how the Bt toxin gene makes crops resistant to insect pests. [3]
Farmers often face challenges from pest infestations that can significantly reduce crop yields. Genetic modification offers a way to enhance crop resilience.
Fig. 19.1 shows a bar chart comparing the average yield of a genetically modified crop (Crop A) and a non-genetically modified crop (Crop B) under varying levels of pest pressure.
(a) Interpret the data presented in Fig. 19.1 regarding the yield of GM crop A compared to non-GM crop B under different pest pressures. [3]
(b) Suggest a possible genetic modification that could account for the observed differences in yield. [2]
(c) Calculate the percentage increase in yield for GM crop A compared to non-GM crop B at a pest pressure of 50 units. [2]
Genetically modified animals are increasingly being developed for various purposes, particularly in medicine.
(a) Discuss the potential applications of genetically modified animals in medicine, providing specific examples. [6]
(b) Evaluate the ethical concerns associated with the genetic modification of animals for human benefit. [4]
Genetically modified animals are used in various fields, from agriculture to biomedical research. The process of creating these animals involves introducing foreign DNA into their genome.
(a) Outline the general steps involved in producing a transgenic animal. [4]
(b) Explain why 'gene editing' might be preferred over traditional genetic engineering for certain modifications in animals. [3]
Gene therapy often relies on vectors to introduce new genetic material into cells. Viral vectors are commonly used for this purpose.
(a) Describe the general principles of how a viral vector might be used to deliver a therapeutic gene into target cells for gene therapy, referring to Fig 19.2. [6]
(b) Suggest why some genetic disorders are more amenable to gene therapy than others. [3]
Q335[10 marks]hardCh19 · Genetic technology· Social and ethical considerations of genetic screening and gene therapy
Genetic technologies raise significant social and ethical issues that society must address.
(a) Discuss the ethical concerns surrounding the use of genetic screening for late-onset diseases, such as Huntington's disease. [6]
(b) Evaluate the potential for genetic discrimination arising from genetic screening results. [4]
Q336[7 marks]mediumCh19 · Genetic technology· Social and ethical considerations of genetic screening and gene therapy
Genetic technologies are rapidly advancing, offering new possibilities for altering human traits.
(a) Explain why the concept of 'designer babies' raises significant ethical concerns. [4]
(b) Justify why informed consent is particularly important in the context of genetic screening. [3]
Leber congenital amaurosis (LCA) is a severe inherited retinal disease. Gene therapy has been explored as a potential treatment, specifically targeting the RPE65 gene.
(a) Explain why the eye is considered an 'immunologically privileged' site, and how this property is advantageous for gene therapy trials in conditions like LCA. [5]
(b) Fig 19.1 shows a graph illustrating visual acuity (measured in logMAR) over time for patients treated with gene therapy for LCA, compared to an untreated control group. Evaluate the success of gene therapy for LCA based on the information in Fig 19.1, considering factors such as target tissue accessibility and functional outcomes. [4]
Q338[12 marks]hardCh19 · Genetic technology· Social and ethical considerations of genetic screening and gene therapy
Genetic technology offers the potential to treat diseases and also to modify human characteristics.
Fig 19.1 shows public opinion on the ethical acceptability of gene therapy for different purposes.
(a) Analyse the ethical implications of using gene therapy to enhance human characteristics (e.g., intelligence or athletic ability) rather than to treat diseases, with reference to Fig 19.1. [8]
(b) Propose two regulatory measures that could be implemented to address the ethical concerns associated with germline gene therapy. [4]
Q339[8 marks]mediumCh19 · Genetic technology· Ethical and social implications of using GMOs in food production
The adoption of genetically modified (GM) crops has been a significant development in global agriculture. Fig. 19.2 illustrates the global area cultivated with GM crops over time.
Fig. 19.2
(a) Describe the trend in global area cultivated with GM crops shown in Fig. 19.2. [3]
(b) Predict how the area cultivated with GM crops might change in the next decade, based on the data. [2]
(c) Justify your prediction in (b) by referring to potential drivers or inhibitors of GM crop adoption. [3]
(i) Draw a low-power plan diagram of a sector (one quarter) of the specimen on slide K1. Your drawing should show the correct shapes and proportions of the different tissue layers. Do not draw any individual cells. Use one ruled label line and label to identify the vascular bundle. [5]
(ii) Observe a vascular bundle on slide K1 using the high-power objective. Make a high-power drawing of a small group of three or four adjacent xylem vessels. Use one ruled label line and label to identify the lignified wall. [5]
Explain why it is necessary to include a control where competent *E. coli* cells are plated onto ampicillin agar without the addition of any plasmid DNA.
The student needs to make 50 cm³ of a 40 mmol dm⁻³ CaCl₂ solution from a 1.0 mol dm⁻³ stock solution.
Calculate the volume of the stock solution required. Show your working.
The scientists concluded that 'CRISPR-Cas9 editing of the *PPO* gene is a highly effective method for preventing browning in apples'.
Discuss the extent to which the data support this conclusion.
Using the data in Table 2.1, calculate the initial rate of browning for the wild-type (WT) apple between 0 and 40 minutes.
Give your answer to two significant figures and include units.
The student plates some of the transformed bacteria (from the 100 mmol dm⁻³ CaCl₂ mixture) onto an agar plate that does not contain ampicillin.
Explain what this control shows.
Describe a method the student could use to investigate the effect of CaCl₂ concentration on the transformation efficiency of *E. coli*.
Your method should be detailed enough for another person to follow.
The scientists used a Mann-Whitney U test to compare the browning index of the two groups at 120 minutes. There were 8 samples in each group (n₁=8, n₂=8). The calculated value of U was 0.
Use Table 2.2 to determine the conclusion of this statistical test.
Plot a graph on the grid below to show the data in Table 2.1. Use a key to identify the two types of apple.
Q357[10 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Drawing kite diagrams to display data on species abundance
A group of students investigated the distribution of a plant species (Species X) along a 20m transect across a changing environmental gradient. They recorded the percentage cover of Species X at 2m intervals, as shown in the table below:
Distance along transect (m)
Percentage Cover of Species X (%)
0
0
2
5
\
4
15
\
6
25
\
8
30
\
10
30
\
12
20
\
14
10
\
16
5
\
18
0
\
20
0
(a) Plot a kite diagram for Species X using the provided data on abundance along the 20m transect. [6]
(b) Analyse the distribution pattern of Species X shown in your kite diagram. [2]
(c) Suggest one factor that could explain the observed distribution pattern of Species X. [2]
Q358[9 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Simpson’s index of diversity
Biodiversity is an important measure of ecosystem health.
Table 18.1 shows the number of individuals of different plant species found in two separate fields, Field A and Field B.
Table 18.1
Species
Field A (number of individuals)
Field B (number of individuals)
Species 1
25
20
Species 2
15
18
Species 3
10
15
Species 4
5
12
Species 5
-
10
Species 6
-
5
(a) Calculate Simpson's index of diversity (D) for Field A. Show your working. [5]
(b) Given that Simpson's index of diversity for Field B is 0.82, compare the biodiversity of Field A and Field B. [2]
(c) Suggest one possible reason for the difference in biodiversity between Field A and Field B. [2]
Q359[10 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Random sampling using quadrats
Ecologists use various methods to quantify the abundance of organisms in a habitat.
(a) Evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of using quadrats for estimating the abundance of slow-moving or sessile organisms. [6]
(b) Discuss how the size and number of quadrats used can affect the reliability and validity of the results obtained in a random sampling investigation. [4]
Q360[4 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Genetic diversity
Genetic diversity is a crucial aspect of biodiversity within a species.
(a) Define the term 'genetic diversity'. [2]
(b) State two reasons why high genetic diversity is important for a species' survival. [2]
Q361[10 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Biodiversity
The mark-release-recapture method is a common technique used by ecologists to estimate the population size of mobile animal species. This method relies on several assumptions to provide a reliable estimate.
Fig. 18.2 provides data from a mark-release-recapture experiment on a species of lizard.
**Data for Lizard Population Estimate:**
* First capture (n₁) = 150 lizards
* Second capture (n₂) = 120 lizards
* Number of marked lizards recaptured in the second sample (m₂) = 30 lizards
(a) Evaluate the effectiveness of using the mark-release-recapture method for estimating the population size of a mobile animal species, using the data from Fig. 18.2. [6]
(b) Discuss two assumptions that must be met for the Lincoln Index to provide an accurate estimate of population size. [4]
Q362[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Kingdom Animalia
Animal cells exhibit distinct features compared to other eukaryotic cells, such as plant cells.
(a) Compare the cell structure of an animal cell with that of a plant cell, highlighting two key differences. [4]
(b) Explain why the presence of a nervous system is a defining characteristic of most animals. [4]
Q363[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Kingdom Fungi
Fungi exhibit diverse forms, from single-celled yeasts to complex multicellular mushrooms. Filamentous fungi, like *Rhizopus*, are common moulds.
(a) Describe the basic structural components of a typical filamentous fungus such as *Rhizopus*. [5]
(b) A student collected data on the number of different fungal species found in two woodland areas. Woodland A had 15 different species with a total of 150 individuals, while Woodland B had 10 different species with a total of 120 individuals. Using Simpson’s index of diversity, if Woodland A had 30 individuals of the most abundant species (out of 150 total individuals), calculate the value of (n/N)^2 for this species. (No need to calculate the full Simpson's index). [3]
Q364[5 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Kingdom Protoctista
The Kingdom Protoctista is a diverse group of eukaryotic organisms that do not fit into the other eukaryotic kingdoms (Fungi, Plantae, Animalia).
(a) State two general characteristics of organisms belonging to the Kingdom Protoctista. [2]
(b) Identify three different groups of organisms classified under Kingdom Protoctista, giving an example for each. [3]
Q365[5 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Domain Archaea
Archaea are a domain of prokaryotic organisms known for their ability to thrive in harsh conditions.
(a) Define the term 'extremophile' in the context of Domain Archaea. [2]
(b) Give three examples of extreme environments where Archaea are commonly found. [3]
Q366[9 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Domain Archaea
Archaea represent a distinct domain of life, separate from Bacteria and Eukarya, yet they share characteristics with both.
(a) Compare the cell membrane composition of Archaea with that of Bacteria and Eukarya. [5]
(b) Explain why Archaea are often considered to be more closely related to Eukarya than to Bacteria, despite both being prokaryotes. [4]
Q367[7 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Random sampling using quadrats
Ecologists often use sampling techniques to study plant populations in specific habitats.
(a) Describe the key steps involved in using quadrats for random sampling of plant species in a grassland habitat. [4]
(b) Explain why random sampling is important when investigating the abundance and distribution of organisms. [3]
Q368[7 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Ecosystems and habitats
Organisms within an ecosystem interact with their environment and with each other in specific ways.
(a) Describe the difference between a habitat and a niche. [3]
(b) Explain how a population differs from a community within an ecosystem. [4]
Q369[10 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Assessing species diversity
Biodiversity is a crucial measure of ecosystem health. Two key components of species diversity are species richness and species evenness.
(a) Compare species richness and species evenness as components of species diversity. [4]
(b) Explain how changes in species evenness, even with constant species richness, can affect the value of Simpson's index of diversity. [6]
Q370[6 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Hierarchical classification
Living organisms are organised into a hierarchical classification system to reflect their evolutionary relationships and characteristics.
(a) Name the highest taxonomic rank in the hierarchical classification system. [2]
(b) List the taxonomic ranks in order from kingdom to species. [4]
Q371[10 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Species diversity
Biodiversity assessment often involves quantitative measures of species diversity. Fig 18.1 shows the number of individuals for different species found in two different habitats, P and Q.
(a) Compare the species richness and species evenness of the two habitats shown in Fig 18.1. [4]
(b) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of using Simpson's index of diversity compared to simply counting the number of species present when assessing biodiversity. [6]
Q372[6 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Kingdom Fungi
Fungi are a diverse group of eukaryotic organisms that play crucial roles in ecosystems as decomposers.
(a) Name the primary carbohydrate that makes up the cell walls of fungi. [2]
(b) Outline two ways in which fungi obtain nutrients, distinguishing them from plants. [4]
Q373[5 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Correlation
When analysing biological data, it is often useful to determine if there is a relationship between two variables.
(a) Differentiate between positive and negative correlation. [2]
(b) State three types of relationships between variables that a correlation coefficient cannot accurately describe. [3]
Q374[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Domain Bacteria
Bacteria exhibit a wide range of structural adaptations that allow them to thrive in diverse environments.
(a) Describe the general structure of a bacterial cell wall. [4]
(b) Explain how some bacteria are able to move within their environment. [4]
Q375[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Systematic sampling
Sand dune ecosystems are complex habitats that show distinct zonation of plant species from the beach inland.
Fig 18.1 shows a cross-section of a sand dune ecosystem.
(a) Describe how an interrupted belt transect could be used to investigate the distribution of marram grass across the sand dune shown in Fig 18.1. [5]
(b) Suggest two abiotic factors that might change across the sand dune and influence the distribution of marram grass. [3]
Q376[7 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Domain Eukarya
Eukaryotic cells are characterised by their internal compartmentalisation and complex organisation.
(a) Draw a large, labelled diagram of a typical animal cell, showing at least five organelles unique to eukaryotic cells or significantly different from prokaryotic structures. [5]
(b) Label two structures on your diagram that are involved in protein synthesis and transport. [2]
Q377[10 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Kingdom Plantae
The evolution of land plants involved significant adaptations to overcome the challenges of terrestrial life.
(a) Discuss the evolutionary advancements seen in land plants, from simpler forms like mosses to more complex forms like flowering plants, in terms of adaptation to terrestrial life. [6]
(b) Draw a simple diagram of a typical plant cell and label four key organelles that are characteristic of plant cells but not typically found in animal cells. [4]
Q378[9 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Viruses
Bacteriophages are viruses that specifically infect bacteria, using the host cell's machinery to replicate.
(a) Describe the lytic cycle of a bacteriophage, from attachment to cell lysis. [5]
(b) Explain why viruses are often considered to be obligate intracellular parasites. [4]
Q379[7 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Collecting organisms and making species lists
Researchers are compiling a species list for a newly discovered biodiversity hotspot, which is considered a sensitive ecosystem.
(a) Describe the ethical considerations involved when collecting organisms for a species list in a sensitive ecosystem. [4]
(b) Suggest two methods for preserving collected plant specimens for later identification. [3]
Q380[12 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Three domains
For many years, living organisms were classified into five kingdoms: Monera, Protoctista, Fungi, Plantae, and Animalia. However, molecular evidence led to the development of the three-domain system.
(a) Discuss the key characteristics that led to the establishment of the three-domain system of classification, rather than the traditional five-kingdom system. [6]
(b) Evaluate the significance of ribosomal RNA (rRNA) analysis in determining the evolutionary relationships between organisms in the three domains. [6]
Q381[6 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Viruses
Viruses are non-cellular infectious agents that can only replicate inside living cells.
(a) Define what a virus is. [2]
(b) Identify two key structural components found in all viruses and state their functions. [4]
Q382[5 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Domain Bacteria
Bacteria are ubiquitous single-celled microorganisms that play crucial roles in many ecosystems.
(a) State two defining characteristics of organisms belonging to Domain Bacteria. [2]
(b) Identify three structures found in a typical bacterial cell that are not present in a eukaryotic cell. [3]
Q383[5 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· The species concept
The concept of a 'species' is fundamental to biology, but its definition can be complex.
(a) Define the term 'biological species'. [2]
(b) State three limitations of the biological species concept. [3]
Q384[11 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Simpson’s index of diversity
Simpson's index of diversity (D) is a quantitative measure used to describe species diversity within a community.
(a) Discuss the significance of a high or low value of Simpson's index of diversity in terms of ecosystem stability and resilience. [6]
(b) Evaluate the limitations of using Simpson's index of diversity as the sole measure of biodiversity, and explain what other aspects of biodiversity should also be considered. [5]
Q385[9 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Spearman’s rank correlation
A group of students investigated the relationship between the abundance of two different plant species, Species A and Species B, along a transect. They recorded the abundance of each species at five different sample points and then ranked the data. Fig. 18.3 shows their ranked data and the difference in ranks (D).
**Fig. 18.3**
Sample Number
Species A Abundance (Rank 1)
Species B Abundance (Rank 2)
D (difference in ranks)
D²
1
1
3
-2
2
2
3
-1
3
3
3
0
4
4
5
1
5
5
5
2
(a) Outline the steps involved in calculating the Spearman’s rank correlation coefficient (rs). [3]
(b) Calculate the Spearman’s rank correlation coefficient (rs) for the data given in Fig 18.3, given that ΣD² = 8. [4]
(c) Evaluate the strength and direction of the correlation based on your calculated rs value. [2]
Q386[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Genetic diversity
Genetic diversity is fundamental for the long-term survival of species. It is influenced by natural processes and human activities.
(a) Explain how sexual reproduction contributes to genetic diversity within a species. [4]
(b) Suggest two human activities that can lead to a reduction in genetic diversity within a wild population and explain why this is detrimental. [4]
Q387[5 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Collecting organisms and making species lists
When conducting ecological surveys, it is important to follow specific protocols for collecting organisms and identifying species.
(a) State two general principles that should be followed when collecting organisms for a species list. [2]
(b) Outline why accurate identification of collected organisms is crucial for biodiversity assessment. [3]
Q388[10 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Estimating abundance of mobile animals
The mark-release-recapture method is a common technique used to estimate the population size of mobile animals.
(a) Fig 18.1 shows a graph of estimated population size against time for a species of fish in a lake, using the mark-release-recapture method. Analyse the trend shown in the graph and suggest possible reasons for any changes observed. [5]
(b) Explain how factors such as immigration, emigration, birth rates, and death rates can affect the accuracy of population estimates derived from the mark-release-recapture technique. [5]
Q389[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Species diversity
Fig 18.1 shows the number of individuals of different species found in Habitat X.
(a) Calculate the Simpson's Index of Diversity (D) for Habitat X using the provided data. [6]
(b) Explain what a higher value of Simpson's Index of Diversity indicates about a habitat. [2]
Q390[10 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Three domains
Fig 18.1 shows simplified diagrams of three different types of cells, labeled A, B, and C.
(a) Identify which of the organisms shown in Fig 18.1 belong to Domain Eukarya and give a reason for your answer. [3]
(b) Describe two key differences in cellular structure between organisms in Domain Bacteria and Domain Eukarya, as suggested by the diagrams. [4]
(c) Distinguish between the cell wall composition of organisms in Domain Bacteria and Kingdom Plantae, both of which are shown in Fig 18.1. [3]
Q391[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Sampling
The mark-release-recapture technique is often used to estimate the population size of mobile animals. Fig 18.1 shows data collected during a mark-release-recapture experiment on a grasshopper population.
Fig 18.1
Data for mark-release-recapture experiment:
First sample (n1) = 80 grasshoppers
Second sample (n2) = 100 grasshoppers
Marked individuals in second sample (m2) = 10 grasshoppers
(a) Calculate the estimated population size of grasshoppers using the mark-release-recapture data provided in Fig. 18.1. [4]
(b) Discuss two assumptions made when using the mark-release-recapture technique and their potential impact if violated. [4]
Q392[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Spearman’s rank correlation
A student conducted a study to investigate the relationship between air temperature and the number of insect species found in a particular habitat. The data collected and partially processed for Spearman’s rank correlation coefficient are shown in Fig. 18.1.
Fig. 18.1
Air Temperature (°C)
Rank 1
Number of Insect Species
Rank 2
D (difference in ranks)
D²
20
1
15
2
-1
22
2
18
3
-1
25
3
20
4
-1
28
4
25
5
-1
30
5
12
1
4
32
6
28
6
0
(a) Describe the type of data for which Spearman's rank correlation coefficient is appropriate. [2]
(b) Calculate the value of ΣD² for the data given in Fig. 18.1. Show your working. [4]
(c) Interpret what a Spearman’s rank correlation coefficient of +0.85 would suggest about the relationship between two variables. [2]
Q393[7 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Kingdom Protoctista
Amoeba is a well-known genus of protozoa, commonly found in freshwater environments. Fig 18.1 shows a diagram of an Amoeba.
Fig 18.1
(a) Describe the key features of an Amoeba, a common example of a protoctist. [4]
(b) Explain why protoctists are often considered a 'catch-all' kingdom in classification. [3]
Q394[5 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Systematic sampling
Ecologists often use various sampling methods to investigate the distribution and abundance of organisms in a habitat.
(a) Define systematic sampling. [2]
(b) State three situations where systematic sampling would be more appropriate than random sampling. [3]
Q395[9 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Sampling
A group of students is planning to investigate the distribution and abundance of plant species in a local field.
(a) Describe how random sampling using quadrats would be carried out to investigate plant species distribution in this field. [4]
(b) Evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of using quadrats for sampling mobile animal populations. [5]
Q396[9 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Hierarchical classification
The classification of organisms helps scientists understand the vast diversity of life on Earth.
(a) Explain the purpose of hierarchical classification in biology. [4]
(b) Compare the characteristics of organisms classified under the taxonomic rank 'Family' with those under 'Order'. [5]
Q397[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Assessing species diversity
Ecologists often use indices to quantify biodiversity in different habitats.
Fig 18.1 shows the abundance of four different species found in Habitat X.
(a) Calculate Simpson's index of diversity (D) for Habitat X using the provided data. [5]
(b) Explain the significance of a high Simpson's index of diversity for an ecosystem. [3]
Q398[9 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Biodiversity
Ecologists often use quantitative methods to assess the biodiversity of different habitats. One such method is Simpson's index of diversity (D).
Fig. 18.1 shows a table with species abundance data for two different habitats.
Species
Habitat X (Number of individuals)
Habitat Y (Number of individuals)
A
50
-
B
20
-
C
15
-
D
10
-
E
5
-
F
-
90
G
-
10
**Total (N)**
**100**
**100**
(a) Using the data in Fig. 18.1, calculate the Simpson's index of diversity (D) for Habitat X. Show your working. [4]
(b) Interpret the calculated Simpson's index of diversity value for Habitat X in terms of its biodiversity. [2]
(c) Suggest two reasons why a habitat with a high Simpson's index of diversity might be more stable than one with a low index. [3]
Q399[5 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Ecosystems and habitats
Ecosystems are fundamental units in the study of ecology and biodiversity.
(a) Define the term 'ecosystem'. [2]
(b) State one biotic component of an ecosystem. [1]
(c) State two abiotic components of an ecosystem. [2]
Q400[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Estimating abundance of mobile animals
The abundance of mobile animal populations can be challenging to estimate directly.
(a) Outline the mark-release-recapture technique used to estimate the population size of mobile animals. [4]
(b) A biologist caught 50 snails, marked them, and released them. A week later, 60 snails were caught, and 12 of them were marked. Calculate the estimated population size of snails. [2]
(c) State two assumptions that must be made for the mark-release-recapture technique to provide a valid estimate. [2]
Q401[5 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Kingdom Animalia
Kingdom Animalia is one of the major groups within the Domain Eukarya.
(a) State two general characteristics of organisms belonging to Kingdom Animalia. [2]
(b) Describe how animals obtain nutrients, referring to their feeding strategy. [3]
Q402[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Kingdom Plantae
Plants are a diverse kingdom of eukaryotic organisms adapted to various environments.
(a) Compare the cell walls of plants with those of fungi, highlighting two key differences in their composition. [4]
(b) Explain how plants are adapted to their autotrophic mode of nutrition. [4]
Q403[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Drawing kite diagrams to display data on species abundance
Ecologists use various methods to visualise and interpret data collected during fieldwork. One such method is the kite diagram.
Fig 18.2 shows an example of a kite diagram.
(a) Explain the purpose of using a kite diagram in ecological studies. [3]
(b) Describe the key features of a kite diagram and how they represent species abundance and distribution along a transect. [5]
Q404[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· The species concept
Scientists use different species concepts to classify the diversity of life on Earth.
(a) Describe how the morphological species concept differs from the biological species concept. [4]
(b) Explain why reproductive isolation is a crucial factor in the biological species concept. [4]
Q405[9 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· IUCN
The International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) maintains the Red List, which assesses the conservation status of species worldwide. Fig 18.1 shows the number of species assessed and the number of threatened species on the IUCN Red List between 2000 and 2020.
(a) Interpret the trend shown in Fig 18.1 regarding the number of species assessed and the number of threatened species between 2000 and 2020. [4]
(b) Discuss one limitation of using only the number of threatened species as an indicator of overall biodiversity health. [3]
(c) Predict the likely impact on the total number of threatened species if assessment efforts significantly decrease in the next decade, assuming current extinction rates persist. [2]
Q406[9 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Protecting endangered species
Conservation efforts are vital for protecting endangered species from extinction.
(a) Outline the role of a 'frozen zoo' in the conservation of endangered animal species. [4]
(b) Evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of using artificial insemination as a method of assisted reproduction for endangered species. [5]
Q407[11 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Assisted reproduction
Conservation efforts often rely on advanced reproductive technologies to boost populations of critically endangered mammals.
(a) Compare the advantages and disadvantages of using embryo transfer with surrogacy versus artificial insemination (AI) for the conservation of endangered mammals. [6]
(b) Discuss the potential role of 'frozen zoos' in maintaining genetic diversity for future assisted reproduction efforts, including any limitations. [5]
Q408[10 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· National parks
National parks are vital for the conservation of biodiversity, often employing various management strategies.
Fig. 18.1 shows the species diversity (Simpson's Index, D) of two different areas within a national park over five years after a controlled burn.
(a) Analyse the data to compare the impact of the controlled burn on species diversity in Area A and Area B. [6]
(b) Suggest and explain two management strategies, other than controlled burns, that national parks might employ to maintain or increase biodiversity. [4]
Q409[10 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Botanic gardens and seed banks
Seed banks play a crucial role in conserving plant biodiversity by storing seeds for long periods. Fig 18.1 shows the viability of seeds from two different plant species, A and B, stored under identical conditions in a seed bank over 20 years.
(a) Analyse the trends in seed viability over time for species A and species B as shown in Fig 18.1. [4]
(b) Evaluate the effectiveness of the storage conditions for species B compared to species A, providing a reason for any observed differences. [3]
(c) Calculate the percentage decrease in viability for species A from year 0 to year 20. [3]
Q410[5 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Extinctions
Species extinction is a natural process that has occurred throughout Earth's history, but human activities are accelerating the rate.
(a) State two natural causes of species extinction. [2]
(b) Define the term 'endemic species' and explain why they are particularly vulnerable to extinction. [3]
Q411[5 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· International conservation organisations
International conservation organisations play a crucial role in protecting global biodiversity.
(a) State two general aims of international conservation organisations. [2]
(b) Outline one way in which international collaboration is essential for effective conservation. [3]
Q412[11 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Reasons for maintaining biodiversity
The ongoing loss of biodiversity is a global concern, raising questions about humanity's responsibility towards other species.
(a) Evaluate the ethical arguments for maintaining biodiversity, considering the concept of intrinsic value. [6]
(b) Justify the statement that 'biodiversity is essential for ecosystem stability and resilience' using specific examples. [5]
Q413[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Reasons for maintaining biodiversity
Maintaining biodiversity is crucial for the health of ecosystems and human well-being.
(a) Explain two ecological reasons for maintaining biodiversity. [3]
(b) Describe how the aesthetic value of biodiversity contributes to its maintenance, and suggest one economic benefit derived from this. [5]
Q414[9 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Controlling alien species
Biological control agents can be introduced to manage the populations of alien species. Fig 18.2 shows the population size of an alien insect species over 12 months after a biological control agent was introduced.
(a) Describe the trend in the population size of the alien species after the introduction of the biological control agent as shown in Fig 18.2. [3]
(b) Suggest potential ecological risks associated with using a biological control agent to manage an alien species. [3]
(c) Calculate the percentage reduction in the alien species population from its peak population to the population recorded at 12 months. [3]
Q415[7 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· CITES
CITES aims to regulate international trade in endangered species. The process of listing a species on a CITES Appendix involves several steps.
(a) Describe the process by which a species might be proposed and accepted for inclusion in a CITES Appendix. [4]
(b) A national park recorded 25 instances of illegal trade in CITES Appendix I species and 75 instances for Appendix II species over a year. Calculate the ratio of Appendix I to Appendix II illegal trade instances in this park. [3]
Q416[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Zoos
Zoos play an important role in the ex-situ conservation of endangered animal species.
(a) Describe two challenges faced by zoos in maintaining genetically diverse populations of endangered species. [4]
(b) Discuss the ethical considerations involved in keeping large, wide-ranging animal species in zoos for conservation purposes. [4]
Q417[7 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Zoos
Zoos play a crucial role in the conservation of endangered species through various programs, including captive breeding.
Fig. 18.2 shows the number of successful captive breeding programs in zoos over several decades.
(a) Describe the trend in the number of successful captive breeding programs shown in Fig. 18.2. [3]
(b) Suggest two reasons for the observed trend in successful captive breeding programs, linking your answer to practices within zoos. [4]
Q418[6 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Botanic gardens and seed banks
Botanic gardens play a crucial role in plant conservation, often working in conjunction with other methods.
(a) Describe the main functions of a botanic garden in conservation efforts. [3]
(b) Explain how ex-situ conservation methods, such as those used in botanic gardens, complement in-situ conservation. [3]
Q419[6 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Pearson’s linear correlation
Pearson’s linear correlation coefficient is a statistical test used to determine the strength and direction of a linear relationship between two variables.
(a) State two conditions that must be met for Pearson’s linear correlation coefficient to be an appropriate statistical test. [2]
(b) Explain the difference between a strong positive linear correlation and a weak negative linear correlation, in terms of the value of Pearson's correlation coefficient. [4]
Q420[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Maintaining biodiversity
Biodiversity is essential for the health and stability of ecosystems. Conservation efforts are crucial to prevent species extinction and maintain ecological balance.
(a) Describe two ex situ conservation methods used to maintain biodiversity. [4]
(b) Explain why genetic diversity within a species is important for its long-term survival. [4]
Q421[10 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Protecting endangered species
International cooperation is crucial for protecting species that cross national borders or are threatened by global trade.
(a) Describe the main aims and activities of CITES in the international protection of endangered species. [5]
(b) Compare the advantages of in-situ conservation with ex-situ conservation methods for protecting a critically endangered plant species. [5]
Q422[5 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Seed banks
Seed banks are vital facilities for the long-term conservation of plant genetic resources.
(a) State two ideal conditions for long-term storage of seeds in a seed bank. [2]
(b) Outline the process by which seeds are prepared for storage in a seed bank. [3]
Q423[9 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Assisted reproduction
Assisted reproductive technologies are increasingly used in conservation efforts for endangered species.
(a) Outline the process of in vitro fertilisation (IVF) as used in endangered species conservation. [3]
(b) A conservation program used artificial insemination (AI) to breed a rare antelope species. In the first breeding season, 15 females were inseminated (n1). In the second season, 20 offspring were born (n2), and 8 of these offspring were identified as having been conceived through AI (m2). Using the Lincoln Index, calculate the estimated total number of offspring that would have been conceived if all inseminated females had produced offspring. Explain any assumptions made. [6]
Q424[10 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Extinctions
Fig 18.1 shows the number of species extinctions per decade from 1900 to 2020.
(a) Analyse the trend in the number of species extinctions over time as shown in Fig 18.1. [4]
(b) Discuss how human activities might have contributed to the trends observed in Fig 18.1. [6]
Q425[10 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· IUCN
The International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) maintains the Red List of Threatened Species, a critical tool for biodiversity conservation.
(a) Analyse the criteria used by the IUCN Red List to classify a species as 'Critically Endangered'. [6]
(b) Evaluate the effectiveness of the IUCN Red List in driving conservation action at a global level. [4]
Q426[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Controlling alien species
Alien species, also known as invasive species, are organisms introduced to an ecosystem where they are not native.
(a) Explain why alien species often pose a significant threat to native biodiversity. [4]
(b) Suggest two different methods for controlling the spread of an established alien plant species in a natural ecosystem, outlining the advantages and disadvantages of each. [4]
Q427[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· CITES
The Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES) is an international agreement between governments.
(a) Explain the primary purpose of the CITES agreement. [3]
(b) Discuss how the listing of a species on CITES Appendix I differs in its implications for trade compared to a species on Appendix II. [5]
Q428[10 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Maintaining biodiversity
Conservationists often aim to reintroduce endangered species into their natural habitats to restore ecological balance and maintain biodiversity. However, this process is fraught with difficulties.
(a) Discuss the challenges faced by conservationists when attempting to reintroduce endangered species into their natural habitats. [6]
(b) Suggest how international conservation organisations, such as CITES and IUCN, contribute to maintaining global biodiversity. [4]
Q429[10 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Seed banks
Seed banks are ex-situ conservation facilities that store seeds to preserve genetic diversity. However, not all seeds can be stored using conventional methods.
(a) Discuss the advantages and limitations of using seed banks as a primary method for plant conservation. [6]
(b) Evaluate the role of cryopreservation techniques for species that produce recalcitrant seeds, which cannot be stored using conventional seed bank methods. [4]
Q430[10 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Pearson’s linear correlation
A study was conducted to investigate the relationship between the concentration of a new pesticide and the growth rate of a particular plant species. The data from five experimental trials (n=5) were analysed, and some summary statistics are presented in Fig. 18.2.
Fig. 18.2
Summary Statistic
Value
Sum of x (Σx)
25
Sum of y (Σy)
50
Sum of xy (Σxy)
200
Mean of x (x̄)
5
Mean of y (ȳ)
10
Number of data points (n)
5
(a) Calculate the numerator of Pearson’s linear correlation coefficient (r) using the formula: Numerator = Σxy - n x̄ ȳ. Show your working clearly. [6]
(b) Discuss why correlation does not necessarily imply causation, even with a strong Pearson’s correlation coefficient. [4]
Q431[5 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· National parks
National parks are designated areas established to protect natural environments and their biodiversity.
(a) State two primary aims of establishing a national park. [2]
(b) Explain how the 'edge effect' can impact biodiversity within a national park. [3]
Q432[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Botanic gardens and seed banks
Fig 18.2 shows two different approaches to plant conservation: a botanic garden (Image A) and a seed bank (Image B).
(a) Compare the primary method of conservation employed by botanic gardens with that of seed banks, referring to the type of material stored.
(b) Explain two challenges faced by botanic gardens in maintaining a diverse collection of living plants.
Q433[4 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Domain Archaea
Fig 18.2 shows a scanning electron micrograph (SEM) of the archaean, *Pyrococcus furiosus*.
(a) Identify the approximate diameter of the *Pyrococcus furiosus* cell from the scale bar.
[1]
(b) Explain why this organism is classified as Archaea despite its bacterial-like appearance, referring to its habitat.
[3]
Q434[6 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· CITES
Fig 18.4 shows dead sea turtles being examined by policemen.
(a) Explain how CITES aims to prevent the illegal trade of endangered species like sea turtles, referring to the image.
(b) State one example of a product derived from sea turtles that is often illegally traded.
Q435[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· The species concept
Fig 18.2 shows two morphologically similar but distinct bird species, labelled Species A and Species B.
(a) Compare the morphological features of the two bird species shown in Fig 18.2, referring to specific body parts and colours.
[4]
(b) Explain why two populations that look very similar but cannot produce fertile offspring are considered separate biological species.
[4]
Q436[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Extinctions
Fig 18.3 shows two images related to ecological interactions and conservation.
(a) Identify two specific human activities that could lead to habitat loss for the orangutan as depicted in Image A.
(b) Explain how interspecific competition, as illustrated by the coyote and bobcat in Image B, can impact the population sizes of competing species.
Q437[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Viruses
Fig 18.1 shows two different types of viruses: a T4 bacteriophage and the Tobacco Mosaic Virus (TMV).
(a) Compare the genetic material and outer structure of the T4 bacteriophage and the Tobacco Mosaic Virus (TMV) based on the diagrams. [4]
(b) State two reasons why viruses are not classified into any of the three domains of life, referring to their cellular structure. [4]
Q438[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Estimating abundance of mobile animals
Fig 18.3 illustrates the steps of a mark-release-recapture experiment used to estimate the population size of grasshoppers in a field.
(a) Calculate the estimated population size of grasshoppers in the field using the Lincoln Index formula.
[3]
(b) Explain two assumptions made when using the mark-release-recapture method, referring to the grasshopper experiment shown in Fig 18.3.
[5]
Q439[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Correlation
Fig 18.2 shows three scatter graphs (A, B, and C) illustrating different types of relationships between two variables, X and Y.
(a) Describe the relationship shown in Graph A, including the approximate gradient. [3]
(b) Estimate the value of Y when X is 7 for Graph A, assuming the linear trend continues. [3]
(c) Suggest a biological example for the relationship shown in Graph C (negative linear correlation). [2]
Q440[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Assisted reproduction
Fig 18.1 shows two endangered species, a golden lion tamarin (Fig 18.1A) and a scimitar-horned oryx (Fig 18.1B).
(a) Outline the process of embryo transfer as a form of assisted reproduction for the scimitar-horned oryx.
(b) Explain how captive breeding programs, like that for the golden lion tamarin, aim to maintain genetic diversity.
Q441[5 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Hierarchical classification
Fig 18.3 shows a hierarchical classification diagram, illustrating the taxonomic ranks used to classify organisms.
(a) Identify the taxonomic rank that is more inclusive than 'Family' but less inclusive than 'Class' in the hierarchy shown in Fig 18.3.
[2]
(b) Explain why organisms in the same 'Genus' are more closely related than organisms in the same 'Order'.
[3]
Q442[5 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Assessing species diversity
Fig 18.1 shows the abundance of five species on two different rocky shores, Shore A and Shore B.
(a) Calculate the Simpson's Index of Diversity (D) for Shore A. Show your working.
[3]
(b) Shore B has a Simpson's Index of Diversity (D) of 0.8. State which shore has higher biodiversity and justify your answer.
[2]
Q443[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Zoos
Fig 18.1 shows a 'frozen zoo' facility, which is used for the conservation of endangered species.
(a) Describe two methods used in 'frozen zoos' to preserve genetic material, referring to the specified temperature shown in Fig 18.1.
(b) Evaluate one advantage and one disadvantage of using a 'frozen zoo' compared to a traditional zoo for species conservation.
Q444[9 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Reasons for maintaining biodiversity
Fig 18.4 shows a vibrant and diverse tropical forest ecosystem.
(a) Explain two direct economic benefits of maintaining the biodiversity of a tropical forest ecosystem like the one shown. [4]
(b) Discuss the ethical reasons for conserving species, considering the intrinsic value of organisms. [5]
Q445[9 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· National parks
Fig 18.4 shows an aerial photograph of elephants in Amboseli National Park, along with some relevant data.
(a) Calculate the estimated population density of elephants per km² in Amboseli National Park.
(b) Discuss two challenges faced by managers of national parks in conserving large mammal species like elephants, referring to the provided information.
Q446[10 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Spearman’s rank correlation
The data in Fig 18.2 shows the relationship between soil pH and plant height from 7 different plots.
(a) Rank the plots for soil pH and plant height, assigning average ranks for tied values.
(b) Calculate the sum of the squared differences (ΣD²) for the ranks of soil pH and plant height.
(c) Interpret the correlation if the calculated Spearman's rank correlation coefficient (rs) is -0.75.
Q447[9 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Controlling alien species
Fig 18.3 shows a red lionfish (Pterois volitans) on a coral reef.
(a) Describe the observed impact of the red lionfish on the coral reef ecosystem as suggested by the image.
(b) Explain why alien species like the red lionfish often thrive in new environments.
(c) Suggest one practical method that could be employed by local authorities to control the population of red lionfish in affected areas, referring to its venomous spines.
Q448[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Pearson’s linear correlation
The graph in Fig 18.1 shows the relationship between tree height and trunk diameter for ten trees in a forest.
(a) Describe the general trend shown in the scatter graph between tree height and trunk diameter.
[2]
(b) Calculate the mean tree height and mean trunk diameter from the provided data points in Fig 18.1.
[4]
(c) Interpret the strength of the correlation if Pearson's r was calculated to be +0.85 for this data.
[2]
Q449[6 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Random sampling using quadrats
Fig 18.2 shows a field where dandelion plants are distributed, and the counts from ten randomly placed 1m² quadrats.
(a) Estimate the total number of dandelion plants in the entire field.
[3]
(b) Suggest a reason for the variation in dandelion counts across the quadrats, referring to specific quadrat counts from Fig 18.2.
[3]
Q450[5 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Ecosystems and habitats
Fig 18.2 shows two images related to different ecosystems.
(a) Identify one abiotic factor visible in the tropical forest ecosystem shown in Image A. [1]
(b) Describe the feeding niche of the great egret shown in Image B. [2]
(c) Explain how epiphytes in the tropical forest obtain nutrients. [2]
Q451[8 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Three domains
Fig 18.4 shows simplified diagrams representing the typical cell structures for organisms in Domain Bacteria, Domain Archaea, and Domain Eukarya.
(a) Compare two key structural differences between organisms in Domain Bacteria and Domain Eukarya, referring to the diagrams.
[4]
(b) State two characteristics that distinguish organisms in Domain Archaea from those in Domain Bacteria, even though both are prokaryotic.
[4]
Q452[5 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Kingdom Fungi
Fig 18.4 shows two types of fungi.
(a) Identify the structure responsible for absorption in *Rhizopus nigricans* (bread mould) shown in Image B and state its approximate diameter.
[2]
(b) Explain how the puffball fungus shown in Image A disperses its spores.
[3]
Q453[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
A gene has a section with the following base sequence on the template strand:
TAC GGT CCA
State the sequence of bases for the molecule B (mRNA) that would be produced from this section.
Q454[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Explain why the wall of the left ventricle is significantly thicker than the wall of the right ventricle.
Q455[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
State the type of muscle tissue that makes up the wall of the heart and list one of its characteristic features.
Q456[1 mark]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Name the enzyme that catalyses the formation of molecule B.
Q457[3 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Explain two reasons for conserving biodiversity, using the example of tropical rainforests.
Q458[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
The genetic code is described as being degenerate.
Explain what is meant by 'degenerate' and suggest one reason why this is advantageous.
Q459[1 mark]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
State the main function of structure C.
Q460[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Suggest two reasons, based on abiotic factors, why the Tropical Rainforest has a higher species richness than the Arctic Tundra.
Q461[1 mark]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
A baby receives antibodies from its mother through breast milk.
State the name for this type of immunity.
Q462[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Influenza (flu) is a disease caused by a virus. It is recommended that certain groups of people are vaccinated against influenza every year.
Suggest why a new vaccination is required each year.
Q463[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Sickle cell anaemia is caused by a substitution mutation in the gene for β-haemoglobin.
Explain how a change in the primary structure of a protein can result in a change in its three-dimensional structure.
Q464[3 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Describe how you would use the solutions you have prepared to conduct the investigation into the effect of copper sulfate on the early growth of cress seeds. Your method should be set up to ensure the results are valid.
Q465[4 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
The effect of pollutants on biodiversity can be measured by sampling species richness. Table 1.2 shows data on the mean number of invertebrate species found in unpolluted streams compared to those polluted by copper mine drainage.
Plot a bar chart of the data in Table 1.2. Do not include the standard deviation data on your chart.
Q466[3 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Explain the conclusions that can be drawn from the results of the seed germination investigation (Table 1.1) and the species richness data (Table 1.2).
Q467[5 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Observe one vascular bundle from slide K1 using the high-power objective lens.
Make a large drawing of a small group of cells from this vascular bundle, including cells from the xylem, phloem and cambium tissues.
Q468[4 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Identify two significant sources of error in this investigation and suggest a practical improvement for each.
Q469[5 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
The results of a similar investigation are shown in Table 1.1.
Prepare a table to record these results. Your table should include the raw data and the calculated mean radicle length for each concentration.
Q470[5 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Examine the slide K1, which is a transverse section of a young dicotyledonous stem.
Draw a large, low-power plan diagram of a sector of the stem (e.g. a quarter). Your drawing should show the arrangement and proportions of the different tissues. Do not draw any cells.
Use one ruled label line and label to identify the epidermis.
Q471[1 mark]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
If the two genes were located on different chromosomes, state the expected phenotypic ratio of the offspring from this cross.
Q472[4 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Modern classification uses molecular evidence. Explain how comparing the amino acid sequences of a protein, such as cytochrome c, can show that species are related.
Q473[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
DNA barcoding is a technique used to identify species using a short, standardised section of DNA from the mitochondrial CO1 gene.
(i) Suggest two advantages of using DNA barcoding for species identification compared to traditional methods.
Q474[3 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Suggest why mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) is often used for evolutionary studies rather than nuclear DNA.
Q475[3 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Explain the biological basis for the modern three-domain system of classification, with reference to the work of Carl Woese.
Q476[4 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Suggest how climate change could be responsible for the observed change in the Quiver Tree's range.
Q477[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Explain the difference between conservation and preservation.
Q478[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
State two other reasons, apart from climate change and the introduction of alien species, for the loss of biodiversity.
Q479[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Table 2.1 shows data collected on the number of individuals of different tree species in two areas of a forest.
(i) State the meaning of the term biodiversity.
Q480[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
The value of Simpson's Index of Diversity (D) for the managed plantation (Area B) is 0.28.
State and explain which area has the higher biodiversity.
Q481[5 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Describe the conditions used for the long-term storage of seeds in a seed bank and explain why these conditions are necessary.
Q482[4 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Suggest and explain two reasons why international conservation agreements such as CITES can be difficult to enforce.
Q483[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Classification based on observable anatomical features is known as artificial classification.
State two disadvantages of using only anatomical features for classification.
Q484[3 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Simpson's Index of Diversity (D) can be calculated using the formula:
D = 1 - (Σ(n/N)²)
where n = total number of organisms of a particular species and N = total number of organisms of all species.
Use the formula and the data in Table 2.1 to calculate Simpson's Index of Diversity (D) for Area A. Show your working and give your answer to two decimal places.
Q485[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Suggest two reasons for the lower biodiversity in the managed plantation (Area B) compared with the old-growth forest (Area A).
Q486[3 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Describe how you would use random sampling to collect data on the abundance of tree species in a forest area.
Q487[3 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Suggest biological reasons that could explain why the seeds of Species Y have a lower viability over time compared to Species X.
Q488[1 mark]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
State the name of the process used to amplify the small amount of DNA obtained for barcoding.
Q489[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
State and briefly describe one other named international conservation agreement.
Q490[4 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
The introduction of invasive alien species is another major threat to biodiversity.
Explain how the introduction of an invasive alien species can lead to a decrease in the biodiversity of an ecosystem.
Q491[3 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
A phylogenetic tree shows the evolutionary relationships between organisms.
Explain what is meant by the term 'species'.
Q492[3 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Viruses are not included in the three-domain system of classification.
Suggest why the classification of viruses is difficult.
Q493[3 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Explain why maintaining genetic diversity is important for a species.
Q494[5 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
One scientific technique used to inform breeding recommendations is DNA fingerprinting.
Describe the key steps of producing a DNA fingerprint from a sample of DNA.
Q495[3 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Explain how the DNA fingerprints of several individuals can be used to select breeding pairs in a captive breeding programme.
Q496[3 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Suggest three arguments against the use of zoos for conservation.
Q497[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Seed banks are a method of ex situ conservation for plants.
State two reasons why the conservation of plant species is important.
Q498[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Define the term endangered species.
Q499[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
The Kakapo (*Strigops habroptilus*) is a critically endangered parrot. A breeding programme is in place. In the Kakapo, the allele for green feathers (G) is dominant to the allele for yellow feathers (g), and the allele for a curved beak (C) is dominant to the allele for a straight beak (c).
A cross was carried out between a bird heterozygous for both traits and a bird with yellow feathers and a straight beak.
State the genotypes of the two parent birds.
Q500[3 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Explain the observed results shown in Table 6.1 in terms of autosomal linkage and crossing over.
Q501[4 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
The observed results for 152 offspring are shown in Table 6.1. A chi-squared (χ²) test was carried out on these results, and the calculated value of χ² was 105.4.
Table 6.2 shows the critical values for the χ² distribution.
(i) Explain what can be concluded from the results of the chi-squared test.
Q502[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
CITES (the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora) is an international agreement between governments. The African elephant was moved from CITES Appendix II (trade controlled) to Appendix I (trade forbidden except in exceptional circumstances) in 1989 due to a population crash caused by poaching.
Suggest the likely impact of this change on the international trade of ivory.
Q503[1 mark]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
A student decided to use a t-test to determine if there was a significant difference in the mean number of species between Area A and Area B.
(i) State a suitable null hypothesis for this test.
Q504[1 mark]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
The student decided to calculate Simpson's Index of Diversity (D) for each site. State the data that would need to be collected from each quadrat, in addition to species richness, to calculate D.
Q505[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Identify the independent and dependent variables in this investigation.
Q506[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Sketch a graph on the axes below to show the expected relationship between soil pH and plant species richness. Label the axes.
Q507[4 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Plot a bar chart on the grid below to compare the mean number of species in Area A and Area B. Include error bars to show the range of the data.
Q508[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
The student also calculated Simpson's Index of Diversity for the total sample from each area. The results were:
Area A (Restored) D = 0.88
Area B (Unrestored) D = 0.65
Explain what these values indicate about the effect of restoration on biodiversity.
Q509[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Calculate the percentage difference in the mean number of species between Area A and Area B. Show your working.
Q510[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Explain the importance of carrying out repeats in this investigation.
Q511[8 marks]hardCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
Describe a method the student could use to collect the data needed to investigate the effect of soil pH on plant species richness.
Your method should be detailed enough for another person to follow.
Q512[2 marks]easyCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
(ii) The calculated value of t was 3.45. The critical value at the p=0.05 level of significance is 2.31. Explain what conclusion can be drawn from these results.
Q513[4 marks]mediumCh18 · Classification, biodiversity and conservation· Classification, biodiversity and conservation
A conservation manager concluded, 'Restoration by burning is an effective method for increasing spider biodiversity on heathlands.'
Discuss the extent to which the evidence provided supports this conclusion.
Q514[11 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· Autosomal linkage and crossing over
In a genetic study, two genes, A and B, are suspected to be linked. To investigate this, a test cross was performed between a dihybrid individual (AaBb) and a homozygous recessive individual (aabb).
(a) Calculate the recombination frequency between gene A and gene B, given that the test cross produced the following offspring phenotypes and counts: 400 AB, 400 ab, 100 Ab, 100 aB. [5]
(b) Discuss how recombination frequency can be used to construct genetic maps and its limitations. [6]
Q515[5 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Genetic variation arising from random fertilisation
Sexual reproduction is a fundamental process for the continuation of many species.
(a) Define the term 'fertilisation'. [2]
(b) State three ways in which sexual reproduction contributes to genetic variation. [3]
In pea plants, seed shape and seed colour are controlled by two unlinked genes. Round seeds (R) are dominant to wrinkled seeds (r), and yellow seeds (Y) are dominant to green seeds (y).
(a) Determine the genotypes of the gametes produced by a pea plant that is heterozygous for both seed shape and seed colour. [4]
(b) Predict the phenotypic ratio of offspring from a cross between two such heterozygous pea plants. [3]
(c) Calculate the proportion of offspring that would be homozygous recessive for both traits from the cross in (b). [2]
Q517[10 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· Sex linkage
Genetic disorders can be inherited in various patterns, including autosomal recessive and sex-linked recessive. Understanding these patterns is crucial for genetic counselling.
(a) Fig 16.1 shows a pedigree chart illustrating the inheritance of a rare genetic disorder in a family. Analyse the pedigree chart to determine if the disorder is sex-linked recessive or autosomal recessive. Justify your answer. [5]
(b) Explain how crossing over during meiosis could affect the inheritance patterns of genes located on the X chromosome. [5]
Q518[6 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Monohybrid inheritance and genetic diagrams
Genetic crosses are often used to predict the inheritance patterns of specific traits.
(a) Define monohybrid inheritance. [2]
(b) Outline the purpose of using a Punnett square in a genetic diagram. [4]
Q519[7 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Genotype and phenotype
In genetics, alleles determine the characteristics expressed by an organism.
(a) Explain what is meant by a homozygous dominant genotype. [3]
(b) Distinguish between the terms 'dominant allele' and 'recessive allele' with reference to their effect on phenotype. [4]
Q520[8 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Meiosis
Meiosis is a two-stage cell division process essential for sexual reproduction.
(a) Outline the events that lead to the separation of sister chromatids during meiosis II. [4]
(b) A species has a diploid number of 2n=8 chromosomes. Calculate the total number of possible genetically different gametes that can be formed due to independent assortment, assuming no crossing over occurs. [4]
Q521[5 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Sex linkage
Sex-linked genes play a crucial role in the inheritance of certain traits and disorders, often showing different patterns of expression between males and females.
(a) State what is meant by a sex-linked gene. [2]
(b) Explain why males are more likely to express recessive sex-linked traits than females. [3]
Q522[6 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· F1, F2 and test crosses
In a certain plant species, flower colour is determined by a single gene, with red (R) being dominant to white (r).
(a) Identify the genotypes of the parental generation that would produce an F1 generation consisting entirely of heterozygous individuals. [2]
(b) Describe the expected genotypic and phenotypic ratios of the F1 generation when crossing a homozygous dominant individual with a homozygous recessive individual. [4]
Q523[8 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Genetics
The fundamental unit of heredity is the gene, which is organised within larger structures in eukaryotic cells.
(a) Describe the relationship between DNA, genes, and chromosomes. [4]
(b) A diploid organism has 2n=12 chromosomes. Calculate the number of possible combinations of chromosomes in its gametes due to independent assortment. [4]
Q524[5 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Genotype and phenotype
The characteristics of an organism are determined by its genetic makeup and are expressed as observable traits.
(a) Define the term 'genotype'. [2]
(b) State the relationship between genotype and phenotype. [1]
(c) State two factors, other than genotype, that can affect an organism's phenotype. [2]
In genetics, genes are located on chromosomes. The way these genes are inherited can depend on their position.
(a) Define autosomal linkage. [2]
(b) Explain why genes located on the same autosome tend to be inherited together. [3]
Q526[5 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Genes and alleles
The inheritance of characteristics in living organisms is determined by genes, which can exist in different forms.
(a) Define the term 'allele'. [2]
(b) Give three examples of how different alleles of a gene can lead to different phenotypes. [3]
Q527[8 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Autosomal linkage and crossing over
Genetic variation is a fundamental aspect of inheritance, and processes like crossing over play a crucial role in generating this variation.
(a) Illustrate, using a diagram, how crossing over can lead to the formation of recombinant chromatids. [4]
(b) Explain the significance of recombinant chromatids in generating genetic variation. [4]
Q528[10 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· Genetic variation arising from crossing over
Genetic variation is a fundamental aspect of evolution and is generated through several mechanisms during sexual reproduction. One such mechanism is crossing over, which occurs during meiosis.
(a) Analyse the significance of chiasmata formation in ensuring genetic variation. [6]
(b) A student performed a test cross involving two linked genes in fruit flies. The observed and expected offspring numbers are shown below.
Observed offspring numbers:
Parental type 1: 450
Parental type 2: 430
Recombinant type 1: 60
Recombinant type 2: 60
Expected offspring numbers (assuming no crossing over / complete linkage):
Parental type 1: 500
Parental type 2: 500
Recombinant type 1: 0
Recombinant type 2: 0
Calculate the chi-squared value for these observed and expected offspring numbers. Comment on the significance of this value in relation to crossing over. [4]
Q529[8 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Gametes and reproduction
Fertilisation is a crucial step in sexual reproduction.
Fig 16.2 shows a diagram of a human sperm cell.
(a) Outline the main events of fertilisation in humans, referring to the structures shown in Fig 16.2. [4]
(b) Explain the biological importance of gametes being haploid for sexual reproduction. [4]
Q530[5 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Haploid and diploid cells
Cells in multicellular organisms can be classified based on their chromosome number.
(a) Distinguish between a haploid cell and a diploid cell. [2]
(b) Give three examples of diploid cells in a multicellular organism and one example of a haploid cell. [3]
Q531[5 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· The production of genetic variation
Genetic variation is crucial for the survival and evolution of species.
(a) Define the term 'genetic variation'. [2]
(b) State three processes that contribute to genetic variation during sexual reproduction. [3]
Q532[9 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Genetic variation arising from crossing over
Crossing over is a key process for generating genetic diversity in sexually reproducing organisms.
(a) Draw a diagram to illustrate the process of crossing over between two homologous chromosomes, labelling chromatids and chiasmata. [5]
(b) Explain how crossing over leads to the formation of recombinant chromatids. [4]
Q533[8 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Monohybrid inheritance and genetic diagrams
In a certain plant species, flower colour is determined by a single gene with two alleles. The allele for red flowers (A) is dominant over the allele for white flowers (a).
(a) Draw a genetic diagram to show the cross between two heterozygous parents for flower colour. Include the parental genotypes, the gametes produced by each parent, and the genotypes and phenotypes of the F1 offspring with their ratios. [5]
(b) Determine the probability of an offspring being homozygous recessive from the cross in (a), expressing your answer as a fraction. [3]
Q534[8 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Genetic variation arising from random fertilisation
Genetic variation is crucial for the survival and adaptation of species. Sexual reproduction plays a significant role in generating this variation.
(a) Explain how random fertilisation contributes to genetic variation in a population. [4]
(b) Outline the key events that lead to the formation of gametes in humans. [4]
Q535[10 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· Genetics
Advances in genetic technologies have led to the ability to screen individuals for genetic predispositions to certain diseases. This raises significant ethical and societal questions.
(a) Analyse the ethical implications of genetic screening for inherited diseases. [6]
(b) Evaluate the statement: 'The environment has no influence on an organism's phenotype'. [4]
Q536[11 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· F1, F2 and test crosses
In pea plants, seed shape is determined by a single gene, with the allele for round seeds (R) being dominant to the allele for wrinkled seeds (r).
(a) Explain the genetic basis for the F1 and F2 generations in a monohybrid cross starting with homozygous dominant and homozygous recessive parents. [4]
(b) Fig 16.1 shows the observed phenotypes of 160 F2 generation offspring from a cross involving seed shape in pea plants. The observed results are 115 round seeds and 45 wrinkled seeds. Calculate the chi-squared (χ²) value for this data and evaluate whether the observed results are significantly different from the expected Mendelian ratio for an F2 generation. Use a critical value of 3.84 at p=0.05. [7]
In a particular plant species, geneticists investigated the inheritance of two traits, controlled by genes P and Q. A test cross was performed by crossing a dihybrid individual (PpQq) with a homozygous recessive individual (ppqq).
The offspring phenotypes observed were:
- 450 with dominant P and dominant Q
- 450 with recessive p and recessive q
- 50 with dominant P and recessive q
- 50 with recessive p and dominant Q
(a) Analyse these results to determine if the genes P and Q are linked and explain your reasoning. [6]
(b) Explain how the phenomenon described in part (a) differs from independent assortment. [4]
Q538[8 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Sex linkage
Red-green colour blindness is a common sex-linked recessive disorder in humans. A couple is planning to have children, where the female is a carrier for red-green colour blindness, and the male has normal vision.
(a) Draw a genetic diagram to show the cross between this carrier female and the male with normal vision. Use X<sup>C</sup> for normal vision and X<sup>c</sup> for colour blindness. [4]
(b) Predict the expected phenotypic ratio of offspring from this cross. [2]
(c) Calculate the probability of a daughter from this cross being a carrier. [2]
Q539[8 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· The production of genetic variation
Genetic variation is essential for the long-term survival of a species.
(a) Describe how the process of meiosis contributes to genetic variation. [4]
(b) Explain why genetic variation is important for the survival of a species. [4]
Q540[4 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Epistasis
In genetics, the interaction between different genes can lead to complex inheritance patterns.
(a) Define the term 'epistasis'. [2]
(b) Give one example of a phenotypic ratio that would suggest epistasis is occurring. [2]
Q541[5 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Genetic variation arising from independent assortment
Genetic variation is crucial for the survival and adaptation of species. One mechanism that contributes to this variation during sexual reproduction is independent assortment.
(a) Define the term 'independent assortment'. [2]
(b) Identify the stage of meiosis during which independent assortment of chromosomes occurs. [3]
Q542[6 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Meiosis
Meiosis is a type of cell division that produces gametes.
(a) Name the two main stages of meiosis. [2]
(b) State one key event that occurs in prophase I of meiosis that does not occur in prophase of mitosis. [2]
(c) State the typical number of daughter cells produced at the end of meiosis from one parent cell. [2]
Q543[11 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· Genetic variation arising from independent assortment
Independent assortment is a key process during meiosis that contributes significantly to genetic diversity within a sexually reproducing population. This process ensures that offspring are not genetically identical to their parents or siblings.
(a) Explain how the random alignment of bivalents during metaphase I contributes to genetic diversity in offspring. [5]
(b) In a dihybrid cross involving two unlinked genes, the following observed and expected phenotypic ratios were obtained:
Observed offspring numbers:
Phenotype 1 (e.g., tall, purple flowers): 280
Phenotype 2 (e.g., tall, white flowers): 90
Phenotype 3 (e.g., dwarf, purple flowers): 80
Phenotype 4 (e.g., dwarf, white flowers): 30
Total observed: 480
Expected offspring numbers (based on a 9:3:3:1 ratio):
Phenotype 1: 281.25
Phenotype 2: 93.75
Phenotype 3: 93.75
Phenotype 4: 31.25
Total expected: 480
Calculate the chi-squared value and discuss the implications of the result for these observed and expected phenotypic ratios. Assume a critical value of 7.81 at 3 degrees of freedom for p=0.05. [6]
Genetic crosses can involve the inheritance of one or more genes, leading to different patterns of phenotypic expression in offspring.
(a) Define the term 'dihybrid inheritance'. [2]
(b) State the expected phenotypic ratio in the F2 generation of a dihybrid cross involving two unlinked genes with complete dominance. [3]
Q545[7 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· The production of genetic variation
Genetic variation is crucial for the survival and evolution of species. Sexual reproduction plays a significant role in generating this variation.
(a) Outline two ways in which sexual reproduction generates genetic variation that asexual reproduction does not. [4]
(b) Compare the genetic content of daughter cells produced by mitosis with those produced by meiosis. [3]
Q546[10 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· Genetic variation arising from random fertilisation
Genetic diversity is crucial for the survival and evolution of species, allowing populations to adapt to changing environments. This diversity arises from several key processes during sexual reproduction.
(a) Discuss the relative importance of crossing over, independent assortment, and random fertilisation in generating genetic diversity. [6]
(b) Compare the genetic makeup of a zygote formed by random fertilisation with that of its parents. [4]
Q547[6 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Genetics
Genetics is the study of heredity and variation. It underpins much of our understanding of life processes.
(a) Define the term 'genetics'. [2]
(b) Fig 16.1 shows a simplified diagram of a eukaryotic chromosome. Identify four key components of this chromosome by matching the labels P, Q, R, and S to their correct names. [4]
Fig 16.1
[Diagram of a eukaryotic chromosome with four labelled regions: P pointing to the centromere, Q pointing to one of the sister chromatids, R pointing to the end of a chromatid (telomere), S pointing to a specific band/region on a chromatid (gene locus).]
Q548[7 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Genes and alleles
Genes are fundamental units of heredity, located on chromosomes. Different forms of a gene are called alleles.
Fig 16.1 shows a pair of homologous chromosomes with two loci.
(a) Describe the relationship between a gene, its locus, and homologous chromosomes. [3]
(b) Distinguish between dominant and recessive alleles, using an example from Fig 16.1. [4]
Q549[12 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· Meiosis
Meiosis is a crucial process for sexual reproduction, ensuring genetic diversity in offspring.
(a) Discuss the significance of crossing over during prophase I in contributing to genetic variation. [6]
(b) Draw a diagram to show a pair of homologous chromosomes undergoing crossing over, clearly labelling the chiasma and the resulting recombinant chromatids. [6]
Q550[11 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· Genes and alleles
The genetic material of an organism determines its characteristics. Variations in these characteristics arise from different alleles.
(a) Explain how mutations can lead to the formation of new alleles. [6]
(b) Draw a diagram to show how two different alleles for a gene are positioned on a pair of homologous chromosomes during metaphase I of meiosis. [5]
Q551[8 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Meiosis
Fig 16.3 shows a cell undergoing meiosis.
(a) Describe the arrangement of homologous chromosomes during metaphase I of meiosis. [4]
(b) Explain why meiosis is referred to as a 'reduction division'. [4]
Q552[6 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Genetic variation arising from crossing over
Crossing over is a fundamental process during meiosis that contributes significantly to genetic diversity.
(a) Name the stage of meiosis during which crossing over occurs. [2]
(b) Describe the main event that takes place during crossing over between homologous chromosomes. [4]
Q553[10 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· Genotype and phenotype
While an organism's genotype provides the genetic blueprint, its final observable characteristics (phenotype) are often a result of complex interactions.
(a) Discuss how environmental factors can influence the expression of a genotype, leading to variation in phenotype, using a specific example. [6]
(b) Predict the phenotype of an organism with a heterozygous genotype for a characteristic showing codominance, explaining your reasoning. [4]
Q554[7 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· F1, F2 and test crosses
In genetic studies, it is often necessary to determine the genotype of an individual showing a dominant phenotype.
(a) Describe the procedure and purpose of a test cross. [4]
(b) Predict the phenotypic ratio of offspring if a plant with an unknown dominant phenotype is crossed with a homozygous recessive plant, and half of the offspring show the dominant phenotype while the other half show the recessive phenotype. [3]
Q555[5 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Gametes and reproduction
Sexual reproduction is a fundamental process in many organisms.
(a) Define the term 'gamete'. [2]
(b) State the process by which gametes are typically formed in animals. [1]
(c) State two key differences between sexual and asexual reproduction. [2]
Q556[10 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· Epistasis
Albinism is a condition characterised by a lack of melanin pigment, resulting in very pale skin, hair, and eyes. In humans, one common form of albinism, oculocutaneous albinism type 1 (OCA1), is caused by a mutation in the TYR gene.
(a) Outline the genetic basis of albinism in humans as an example of recessive epistasis, referring to the TYR gene. [4]
(b) Discuss how epistatic interactions can lead to fewer phenotypic classes than expected from independent assortment of two genes, illustrating your answer with an example from a genetic diagram or flow chart. [6]
Q557[8 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Genetic variation arising from independent assortment
Fig. 16.1 shows a cell undergoing metaphase I of meiosis, illustrating two pairs of homologous chromosomes. These chromosomes carry alleles for different genes, represented by capital and lowercase letters.
(a) Describe the arrangement of homologous chromosomes on the metaphase plate in Fig. 16.1 and explain how this leads to independent assortment. [4]
(b) Predict the number of possible gamete combinations in an organism with three pairs of homologous chromosomes, assuming independent assortment. [4]
Q558[7 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Haploid and diploid cells
Fig 16.1 shows a simplified diagram of a diploid cell with 2n=4 chromosomes.
(a) Describe the relationship between homologous chromosomes in a diploid cell. [3]
(b) A diploid cell of an organism has 2n=46 chromosomes. Calculate the number of chromosomes and chromatids present in a cell at prophase I of meiosis, and in a gamete produced from this cell. [4]
Q559[9 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Monohybrid inheritance and genetic diagrams
Fig 16.1 shows the results of a genetic cross involving flower colour in pea plants. A total of 400 offspring were counted: 305 purple flowers and 95 white flowers.
(a) Analyse the data in Fig 16.1 to determine the observed phenotypic ratio of purple to white flowers. [4]
(b) Calculate the expected number of purple and white flowers if the parents were both heterozygous for flower colour, assuming complete dominance where purple (P) is dominant over white (p). [3]
(c) Explain why the observed ratio might differ slightly from the expected ratio. [2]
The inheritance patterns of genes can vary depending on whether they are located on the same chromosome or different chromosomes.
Fig 16.1 shows two homologous chromosomes with two gene loci.
(a) Describe how the inheritance pattern of two linked genes differs from that of two unlinked genes. [4]
(b) Predict the expected phenotypic ratio in the F2 generation of a dihybrid cross involving two completely linked genes, given the parental genotypes are homozygous dominant (AABB) and homozygous recessive (aabb). Assume no crossing over occurs. [4]
Q561[8 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Epistasis
Epistatic gene interactions can lead to modified phenotypic ratios in the offspring of a dihybrid cross.
(a) Describe how recessive epistasis differs from dominant epistasis. [4]
(b) Fig. 16.2 presents observed phenotypic counts for offspring from a genetic cross, along with the expected 9:3:4 epistatic ratio. Calculate the chi-squared value for the data provided in Fig. 16.2 to test if the observed phenotypic ratio fits this 9:3:4 epistatic ratio. Show your working.
Fig. 16.2
Observed offspring phenotypes:
Phenotype
Observed count
A
320
B
105
C
135
Expected phenotypic ratio: 9:3:4
Formula for chi-squared (χ2) test: ∑E(O−E)2
[4]
Q562[10 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· Haploid and diploid cells
Fig 16.2 shows diagrams of a pair of homologous chromosomes and a chromosome with two sister chromatids.
(a) Compare the genetic content of two sister chromatids with that of two homologous chromosomes. [6]
(b) Explain why maintaining the diploid chromosome number after fertilisation is crucial for the survival of a species. [4]
Q563[10 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· The HTT gene, huntingtin and Huntington’s disease
Huntington's disease is a neurodegenerative genetic disorder caused by a dominant allele (H) of the HTT gene. It is characterised by uncontrolled movements, cognitive decline, and psychiatric problems, with symptoms typically appearing in middle age.
(a) Discuss the implications of Huntington’s disease being a late-onset genetic disorder with a dominant inheritance pattern. [6]
(b) Suggest how a chi-squared test could be used to determine if observed offspring ratios from a cross involving Huntington's disease significantly differ from expected Mendelian ratios. [4]
Q564[11 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· Transcription factors in eukaryotes
Eukaryotic gene expression is a complex process involving multiple levels of regulation. Transcription factors play a crucial role in determining which genes are expressed and to what extent.
Fig 16.2 illustrates the general mechanism of transcription factor binding and interaction with other components of the transcription machinery in eukaryotes.
(a) Analyse how different types of transcription factors, including activators and repressors, interact with DNA and other proteins to precisely control gene transcription, using the information in Fig 16.2. [6]
(b) Evaluate the significance of transcription factors in human health and disease, providing examples. [5]
Q565[11 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· The HBB gene, haemoglobin and sickle cell anaemia
Sickle cell anaemia is a genetic blood disorder characterised by abnormally shaped red blood cells containing sickle haemoglobin (HbS). Individuals who are heterozygous for the sickle cell trait (HbA HbS) have some normal haemoglobin and some sickle haemoglobin.
Fig. 16.2 shows the oxygen dissociation curves for normal haemoglobin (Curve A) and sickle haemoglobin (Curve B).
(a) Compare the oxygen dissociation curve for normal haemoglobin with that for sickle haemoglobin shown in Fig. 16.2. [4]
(b) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of carrying the sickle cell trait (heterozygous genotype) in areas where malaria is endemic, referring to the information in Fig. 16.2. [7]
Q566[4 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· The HBB gene, haemoglobin and sickle cell anaemia
The HBB gene provides instructions for making beta-globin, a component of haemoglobin. A specific mutation in this gene is responsible for sickle cell anaemia.
(a) Identify the protein produced by the HBB gene. [1]
(b) State three functions of this protein in the human body. [3]
Q567[6 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Gene control in prokaryotes
The lac operon in prokaryotes is a classic example of gene regulation, allowing bacteria to efficiently utilise lactose as an energy source.
(a) Name the three structural genes found in the lac operon. [2]
(b) Explain why the lac operon is considered an 'inducible' operon. [4]
Q568[8 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· The F8 gene, factor VIII and haemophilia
Haemophilia is a genetic disorder caused by a deficiency in certain blood clotting factors, often Factor VIII. This deficiency can lead to prolonged bleeding.
(a) Describe the role of Factor VIII in the blood clotting cascade. [4]
(b) A carrier female for haemophilia (XHXh) marries a healthy male (XH Y). Predict the genotypes and phenotypes of their offspring, stating the expected ratios. [4]
Q569[9 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Control of gene expression
Gene expression in eukaryotic cells is a complex process regulated at multiple stages, including post-transcriptional control.
(a) Describe three different mechanisms by which post-transcriptional control of gene expression can occur in eukaryotic cells. [6]
(b) A study investigated the expression of a gene in two different cell types, A and B. The observed mRNA levels for the gene were 1500 units in cell type A and 4500 units in cell type B. The expected mRNA levels, if gene expression was uniform, were 3000 units for both. Using the chi-squared test formula, calculate the chi-squared value to determine if the observed differences are significant. [3]
Q570[4 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Autosomal linkage and crossing over
In fruit flies, the gene for body colour (B/b) and the gene for wing shape (V/v) are located on the same autosome. A dihybrid cross was performed between a wild-type fly (heterozygous for both traits) and a fly with a black body and vestigial wings.
Explain how crossing over between linked genes affects the proportion of recombinant offspring in the F1 generation.
Q571[10 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· The F8 gene, factor VIII and haemophilia
Haemophilia is an X-linked recessive genetic disorder. Fig 16.1 shows a pedigree chart for a family with a history of haemophilia.
Fig 16.1
(a) Analyse the pedigree chart in Fig 16.1 to determine the genotypes of individuals in the first two generations. [6]
(b) Evaluate the ethical considerations associated with genetic testing for haemophilia in potential carriers and affected individuals. [4]
Q572[9 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· The HBB gene, haemoglobin and sickle cell anaemia
Sickle cell anaemia is a genetic disorder caused by a mutation in the HBB gene, leading to the production of abnormal haemoglobin.
(a) Describe the molecular difference between normal haemoglobin and sickle haemoglobin. [4]
(b) Explain how this molecular difference leads to the characteristic 'sickle' shape of red blood cells. [3]
(c) If two carriers for sickle cell anaemia (heterozygous) have children, calculate the probability that their first child will have sickle cell anaemia. [2]
Q573[11 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· The Le gene, gibberellin and stem elongation
The Le gene in pea plants determines plant height through its role in gibberellin metabolism. Wild-type pea plants are tall (LeLe or Lele), while homozygous recessive plants are dwarf (lele).
(a) Design an experiment to investigate the effect of different concentrations of an unknown plant growth regulator on the stem elongation of dwarf pea plants (lele genotype). [6]
(b) Justify the inclusion of a control group in your experimental design. [3]
(c) If a cross between two heterozygous tall pea plants (Lele x Lele) produced 78 tall offspring and 22 dwarf offspring, calculate the chi-squared (χ2) value for this result. (Expected ratio for monohybrid cross is 3:1). [2]
Q574[8 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· The HTT gene, huntingtin and Huntington’s disease
Huntington's disease is caused by an expansion of a CAG trinucleotide repeat in the HTT gene. This mutation leads to a defective protein.
(a) Explain how the mutation in the HTT gene leads to the production of an abnormal huntingtin protein. [4]
(b) A heterozygous individual for Huntington's disease (Hh) has children with a homozygous recessive individual (hh). Calculate the probability of their child inheriting Huntington's disease. [4]
Q575[5 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Genes, proteins and phenotype
The observable characteristics of an organism are a result of its genetic makeup and environmental influences.
(a) Define the term 'phenotype'. [2]
(b) State three factors that can influence an organism's phenotype. [3]
Q576[10 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· Genes, proteins and phenotype
The characteristics of an organism are a result of both its genetic makeup and environmental influences.
(a) Discuss the central dogma of molecular biology, outlining the roles of DNA, mRNA, and proteins. [6]
(b) Evaluate how environmental factors can modify the expression of a genetically determined trait. [4]
Q577[10 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· Control of gene expression
Gene expression is tightly controlled in eukaryotic organisms, allowing for cellular differentiation and adaptation to environmental changes.
(a) Discuss the importance of epigenetic modifications, such as DNA methylation, in controlling gene expression during development. [6]
(b) Compare the control of gene expression at the transcriptional level with control at the post-transcriptional level. [4]
Q578[5 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· The chi-squared (χ2) test
In genetic experiments, observed phenotypic ratios often deviate slightly from expected Mendelian ratios due to random chance.
(a) State the purpose of the chi-squared (χ2) test in genetics. [2]
(b) Outline the conditions under which the chi-squared test is an appropriate statistical test to use. [3]
Q579[10 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· The TYR gene, tyrosinase and albinism
Tyrosinase is an enzyme essential for the production of melanin, the pigment responsible for skin, hair, and eye colour. Mutations in the TYR gene, which codes for tyrosinase, can lead to albinism.
Fig. 16.1 shows the relationship between tyrosinase enzyme activity and relative melanin production.
(a) Analyse the data in Fig. 16.1 to describe the relationship between tyrosinase activity and melanin production. [4]
(b) Interpret the likely phenotype of an individual with a tyrosinase activity level of 20% compared to normal, based on Fig. 16.1. [3]
(c) Deduce how a mutation in the TYR gene could lead to the observed tyrosinase activity level of 20%. [3]
Q580[8 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Genes, proteins and phenotype
The phenotype of an organism is determined by the proteins produced from its genes.
(a) Explain how a gene codes for a protein. [4]
(b) Describe how the protein's function can lead to a specific phenotype. [4]
Q581[5 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Control of gene expression
Gene expression is a tightly regulated process in all living organisms.
(a) State two levels at which gene expression can be controlled in eukaryotic cells. [2]
(b) Explain why controlling gene expression is essential for cell differentiation. [3]
Q582[5 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· The HTT gene, huntingtin and Huntington’s disease
Huntington's disease is a neurodegenerative genetic disorder that affects muscle coordination and leads to cognitive decline. It is caused by a dominant allele.
(a) Define the term 'dominant allele'. [2]
(b) State two characteristic symptoms of Huntington’s disease. [3]
Q583[4 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· The Le gene, gibberellin and stem elongation
The height of pea plants is influenced by the Le gene, which plays a role in the synthesis of a plant hormone crucial for stem elongation.
(a) Identify the plant hormone involved in stem elongation controlled by the Le gene. [2]
(b) State the phenotype of a plant that is homozygous recessive for the Le gene (lele). [2]
Q584[5 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· The TYR gene, tyrosinase and albinism
Oculocutaneous albinism type 1 (OCA1) is a genetic condition that affects the production of melanin, the pigment responsible for skin, hair, and eye colour.
(a) Name the enzyme produced by the TYR gene. [1]
(b) State the substrate for this enzyme. [2]
(c) Outline the role of this enzyme in pigmentation. [2]
Q585[7 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Gene control in prokaryotes
The lac operon in *E. coli* is a classic example of gene regulation in prokaryotes, allowing the bacterium to efficiently utilise lactose as an energy source. The expression of the lac operon genes is influenced by both the presence of lactose and glucose.
Fig 16.1 shows the relative gene expression levels of the lac operon in *E. coli* grown in different media over time.
(a) Explain the role of glucose in regulating the lac operon, even in the presence of lactose, as suggested by Fig 16.1. [5]
(b) Predict the effect on the expression of lac operon genes if the operator region was mutated such that the repressor protein could no longer bind. [2]
Q586[8 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· The TYR gene, tyrosinase and albinism
Oculocutaneous albinism type 1 (OCA1) is an inherited condition characterised by a reduction or complete absence of melanin pigment in the skin, hair, and eyes.
(a) Describe the genetic basis of oculocutaneous albinism type 1 (OCA1). [4]
(b) Explain why individuals with OCA1 exhibit a lack of pigment in their skin, hair, and eyes. [4]
Q587[6 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Transcription factors in eukaryotes
Gene expression in eukaryotic cells is a highly regulated process, involving various molecular mechanisms to ensure the correct genes are expressed at the appropriate time and level.
(a) Define the term 'transcription factor'. [2]
(b) Outline the general mechanism by which transcription factors regulate gene expression in eukaryotes. [4]
Q588[5 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· The F8 gene, factor VIII and haemophilia
Haemophilia is a genetic disorder that impairs the body's ability to make blood clots, a process needed to stop bleeding.
(a) State the type of inheritance pattern exhibited by haemophilia. [2]
(b) Explain why males are more frequently affected by haemophilia than females. [3]
Q589[8 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Transcription factors in eukaryotes
Transcription factors play a crucial role in regulating gene expression in eukaryotic cells by controlling the initiation of transcription.
(a) Draw a simplified diagram to show how a transcription factor binds to DNA and influences the initiation of transcription. [4]
(b) Explain how the modular structure of transcription factors (e.g., DNA-binding domain, activation domain) contributes to their function. [4]
Q590[10 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· The chi-squared (χ2) test
A geneticist conducted a breeding experiment to investigate the inheritance of two genes in a plant species and calculated a chi-squared (χ2) value of 9.2 with 3 degrees of freedom.
Fig 16.1 shows a table of critical values for the chi-squared (χ2) test.
(a) Interpret the results of this chi-squared test, using the information in Fig 16.1 to determine the significance of this result at p=0.05 and p=0.01. [6]
(b) Conclude what these findings suggest about the hypothesis being tested, stating your null hypothesis. [4]
Q591[8 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Gene control in prokaryotes
The lac operon in prokaryotes, such as E. coli, is a classic example of gene regulation. Fig 16.2 provides a simplified diagram of the lac operon.
(a) Describe the function of a regulatory gene in the lac operon, as shown in Fig 16.2. [4]
(b) Explain how the presence of lactose leads to the expression of structural genes in the lac operon. [4]
Q592[8 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· The TYR gene, tyrosinase and albinism
Fig 16.9 shows an image of a boy with albinism with his classmates. Albinism is a genetic condition resulting in a lack of melanin pigment, making individuals appear very pale. This condition is caused by a recessive allele (a) of the TYR gene, while normal pigmentation is controlled by a dominant allele (A).
(a) Identify the genotype of the parents in the cross that could produce the albino child shown in Fig 16.9.
(b) Explain why the child in Fig 16.9 exhibits albinism, relating it to the function of the TYR gene and tyrosinase.
(c) Predict the probability of a non-albino sibling of the child shown in Fig 16.9 being a carrier for albinism.
Q593[5 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Gametes and reproduction
Fig 16.10 shows a karyogram displaying human male chromosomes.
(a) Identify the total number of chromosomes visible in the human male karyogram.
(b) State the number of autosomes present in the karyogram shown.
(c) Describe the sex chromosomes observed in the karyogram and what they indicate about the individual's sex.
Q594[11 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· Epistasis
Fig 16.18 shows a Punnett square for a dihybrid cross exhibiting epistasis, resulting in a 9:3:4 phenotypic ratio.
(a) Describe the epistatic interaction between the two genes shown, based on the phenotypic ratio of the F2 generation.
(b) Predict the genotypes of the F1 generation that would produce the F2 ratio shown in the Punnett square.
(c) Explain the biochemical basis for the observed epistatic ratio, assuming gene B controls pigment production and gene A controls pigment deposition, as implied by the diagram.
Q595[6 marks]mediumCh16 · Inheritance· Monohybrid inheritance and genetic diagrams
Fig 16.26 shows a Punnett square for a monohybrid cross between two heterozygous parents (Aa x Aa).
(a) Calculate the expected percentage of homozygous recessive offspring from the cross shown in the Punnett square. [2]
(b) Determine the phenotypic ratio of dominant to recessive traits in the offspring, based on the Punnett square. [2]
(c) Identify the genotypes of the parents in this monohybrid cross. [2]
Q596[2 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
(ii) Individuals II-1 and II-2 have a child. Determine the probability that their first child will be a male with haemophilia. Show your working in a Punnett square.
Q597[2 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
Explain the function of the substance secreted by cell type P.
Q598[2 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
Explain how the structure of the alveolar wall and the capillary wall creates a short diffusion pathway for gases.
Q599[2 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
Compare the FEV1 of a regular smoker with a non-smoker at the age of 60. Use figures from the graph in your answer.
Q600[2 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
Suggest what would happen to the initial rate of reaction if the experiment without an inhibitor was repeated at a temperature of 60°C. Explain your answer.
A genetic cross was carried out in fruit flies, *Drosophila melanogaster*. Body colour and wing shape are controlled by two different genes. The allele for a grey body (G) is dominant to the allele for an ebony body (g). The allele for normal wings (N) is dominant to the allele for vestigial wings (n).
A fly heterozygous for both genes was crossed with a fly with an ebony body and vestigial wings. This is a test cross.
Complete the genetic diagram below to show the parental genotypes, gametes, and the expected phenotypic ratio of the offspring if the genes are not linked.
Parental phenotypes: Grey body, normal wings x Ebony body, vestigial wings
Parental genotypes: ........................ x ........................
Gametes: ........................ x ........................
Expected phenotypic ratio: .......................................................................
Q607[2 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
The observed results of this cross are shown in Table 4.1. The total number of offspring was 900.
Table 4.1
Phenotype
Observed number (O)
Grey body, normal wings
415
Grey body, vestigial wings
35
Ebony body, normal wings
30
Ebony body, vestigial wings
420
The results suggest the two genes are linked. Explain what is meant by autosomal linkage.
Emphysema is a disease that is common in long-term smokers. It involves the breakdown of elastin in the alveolar walls by enzymes such as elastase.
Suggest and explain the effect of emphysema on the FEV1 value.
Q611[2 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
Calculate the percentage decrease in the maximum rate of reaction (Vmax) caused by inhibitor B compared to the reaction with no inhibitor. Show your working.
Caffeine can act as a mutagen, affecting cell division and growth. You are going to investigate the effect of caffeine concentration on the growth of seedling radicles.
You are provided with a 1.0% stock solution of caffeine, C.
Plan a serial dilution to produce caffeine concentrations of 0.5%, 0.25%, and 0.125%. You should prepare 10 cm³ of each concentration.
In the space below, draw a diagram to show the serial dilution. For each step, show the volume of caffeine solution transferred and the volume of distilled water, W, added. State the concentration of the solution made in each step.
Q615[1 mark]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
State a conclusion that can be drawn from the chart you have plotted in (d) about the effect of caffeine on these two species.
Identify two significant sources of error in this investigation and for each, suggest a realistic improvement.
Error 1:
Improvement 1:
Error 2:
Improvement 2:
You are provided with a prepared slide K1 showing a transverse section of a lily anther. Set up your microscope to view the specimen at low power.
Make a large, low-power plan diagram of the entire specimen on slide K1. Your drawing should show the correct shapes and proportions of the different tissues.
Do not draw any individual cells. Use one ruled label line and label to identify the tapetum.
After 48 hours, you measure the final length of the radicle for five seedlings from each petri dish.
In the space below, draw a table suitable for recording your raw data and the mean final radicle length for each concentration.
Describe how you would use the solutions you have prepared in (a) and the provided seedlings, S, to carry out the investigation. Your method should include a control and identify key variables to be kept constant.
Table 1.1 shows the results from a similar investigation on two different species.
Plot a bar chart on the grid below to compare the mean final radicle length for both species with and without caffeine.
Q621[2 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
Suggest two measures that can be taken in hospitals to reduce the development and spread of antibiotic-resistant bacteria.
Genetic screening for CF can be done using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and gel electrophoresis to analyse a sample of DNA.
The most common mutation causing CF is a deletion of three bases (ΔF508).
Describe how PCR and gel electrophoresis are used to identify whether an individual carries the ΔF508 allele.
A new mutation arises in gene **A**, creating allele **A***. Allele **A*** is dominant to both **A** and **a**. It codes for an enzyme that converts the white precursor directly into a yellow pigment. This new enzyme is not affected by enzyme 2.
Suggest the phenotype(s) and their ratio in the F1 generation from a cross between a true-breeding blue plant and a true-breeding yellow plant.
The TP53 gene is a tumour suppressor gene. It is often mutated in cancer cells.
Explain how a mutation in a tumour suppressor gene like TP53 can lead to the development of cancer.
Some spots on the microarray will be red, indicating genes that are only expressed or are highly up-regulated in cancer cells.
Suggest how this information could be used to develop new cancer treatments.
DNA microarrays can be used to compare gene expression in cancerous cells and healthy cells. This involves extracting mRNA from both cell types and using it to create fluorescently-labelled complementary DNA (cDNA).
Outline the roles of reverse transcriptase and DNA polymerase in creating the cDNA probes.
Q629[2 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
The bacterium *Staphylococcus aureus* can cause infections that are treated with antibiotics. Methicillin-resistant *S. aureus* (MRSA) is a strain that is resistant to multiple antibiotics.
Table 8.1 shows data on the percentage of *S. aureus* infections in a hospital that were resistant to methicillin over a 10-year period.
**Table 8.1**
Year
Percentage of infections resistant to methicillin (%)
2010
12.5
2015
28.0
2020
45.5
Calculate the percentage increase in resistant infections between 2010 and 2020.
Q630[2 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
The same couple is expecting a second child.
Calculate the probability that this child will have blood group AB. Show your working.
Table 10.1 lists some features of cells.
Complete the table by placing a tick (✓) in a box if the feature is present and a cross (✗) if the feature is absent for each type of cell.
**Table 10.1**
The ABO blood group system in humans is an example of both codominance and multiple alleles.
Explain what is meant by codominance and multiple alleles, using the ABO blood group system as an example.
Q636[2 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
State all the possible genotypes for a Moonpetal flower with white petals.
A chi-squared (χ²) test was carried out to compare the observed results with the expected 1:1:1:1 ratio. The calculated value of χ² was 1135.6.
Table 1.2 shows critical values for the χ² distribution.
**Table 1.2**
Degrees of freedom
Probability (p)
**0.10**
**0.05**
**0.01**
1
2.71
3.84
6.64
2
4.61
5.99
9.21
3
6.25
7.82
11.34
4
7.78
9.49
13.28
Use the information in Table 1.2 to explain what the calculated value of χ² shows about the inheritance of these two genes.
Q640[2 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
The observed results of the test cross are shown in Table 1.1.
**Table 1.1**
Phenotype
Number of offspring
Grey body, normal wings
965
Black body, vestigial wings
944
Grey body, vestigial wings
206
Black body, normal wings
185
**Total**
**2300**
If the two genes were on different chromosomes, the expected ratio of phenotypes would be 1:1:1:1.
Calculate the expected number of offspring with grey bodies and normal wings.
Q641[1 mark]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
The heterozygous parent was produced from a cross between a homozygous grey-bodied, normal-winged fly and a homozygous black-bodied, vestigial-winged fly.
State the arrangement of alleles on the chromosomes of the heterozygous parent.
Q642[1 mark]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
In the fruit fly, *Drosophila melanogaster*, the gene for body colour and the gene for wing shape are located on the same autosome.
The allele for grey body, **G**, is dominant to the allele for black body, **g**.
The allele for normal wings, **N**, is dominant to the allele for vestigial wings, **n**.
A test cross was carried out between a fly heterozygous for both genes and a fly with a black body and vestigial wings.
State the genotype of the fly with a black body and vestigial wings.
Explain the mechanism that causes the changes in blood glucose concentration in individual **A** between 60 and 120 minutes. In your answer, identify the stimulus, receptor, coordinator and effector.
Q644[2 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
The cDNA from healthy cells is labelled with a green fluorescent dye, and the cDNA from cancer cells is labelled with a red fluorescent dye. The probes are mixed and applied to a microarray slide containing spots of single-stranded DNA from known genes.
Explain what a yellow spot on the microarray indicates.
Two parents who are both heterozygous for the CFTR gene have a child.
Draw a genetic diagram to determine the probability of their child having cystic fibrosis.
Q649[1 mark]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
State a suitable null hypothesis for a statistical test on the data in Table 2.1.
Q650[8 marks]hardCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
Describe a method the student could use to investigate the effect of different concentrations of a chemical mutagen on the inheritance of kernel colour and texture in maize.
Your method should be detailed enough for another person to follow it.
Q651[1 mark]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
Identify the independent variable in the student's planned investigation.
A chi-squared (χ²) test can be used to analyse the results. After calculating the value of χ² for the control group (0% mutagen), explain how the student would use this result to determine if the observed phenotypes fit the expected Mendelian ratio.
A plant breeder concluded, ‘To maximise crop yield, farmers should avoid breeding for high rust resistance.’
Discuss the extent to which the evidence from this investigation supports this conclusion.
Q654[1 mark]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
Identify the dependent variable in this investigation.
Q655[1 mark]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
The student planned to cross a pure-breeding purple, smooth kernel plant with a pure-breeding yellow, wrinkled kernel plant to produce an F1 generation, and then self-cross the F1 to produce an F2 generation.
State the expected phenotypic ratio in the F2 generation, assuming no mutations occur.
Q656[2 marks]easyCh16 · Inheritance· Inheritance
A plant breeder investigated the relationship between yield and disease resistance in wheat. The data they collected is shown in Table 2.1.
Calculate the percentage difference in mean yield between the variety with the highest yield and the variety with the lowest yield.
A Spearman’s rank correlation test was performed on the data. The calculated value of the test statistic, rs, was -0.855.
Use the calculated value of rs and the critical values in Table 2.2 to explain whether the null hypothesis should be accepted or rejected.
Q659[10 marks]hardCh12 · Energy and respiration· Aerobic respiration
Aerobic respiration is a highly efficient process for generating ATP, involving several stages within the cell.
(a) Analyse the role of coenzymes NAD and FAD in aerobic respiration. [6]
(b) Evaluate the efficiency of aerobic respiration in terms of ATP yield compared to the total energy available in glucose. [4]
Q660[10 marks]hardCh12 · Energy and respiration· The need for energy in living organisms
Glucose is the primary respiratory substrate, but ATP is the direct energy source for most cellular activities.
(a) Discuss the advantages of using ATP as an immediate energy source compared to glucose. [6]
(b) Compare the energy yield per molecule of ATP from substrate-linked phosphorylation and chemiosmosis. [4]
Q661[7 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· The link reaction
The link reaction converts pyruvate, produced from glycolysis, into a molecule that can enter the Krebs cycle.
(a) Describe the key chemical changes that occur during the conversion of pyruvate to acetyl coenzyme A. [4]
(b) Explain the role of coenzyme A in the link reaction. [3]
Q662[9 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Oxidative phosphorylation and the electron transport chain
The electron transport chain is a crucial stage of aerobic respiration, responsible for the majority of ATP production. This process relies on a series of redox reactions involving electron carriers.
(a) Describe the sequence of events that leads to the reduction of oxygen at the end of the electron transport chain. [6]
(b) If 10 molecules of reduced NAD enter the electron transport chain, calculate the maximum number of water molecules that could be formed. [3]
Q663[5 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Oxidative phosphorylation and the electron transport chain
Aerobic respiration involves several stages to efficiently extract energy from glucose. One crucial stage is oxidative phosphorylation, which is responsible for the majority of ATP production.
(a) Define the term 'oxidative phosphorylation'. [2]
(b) Identify the two main molecules that donate electrons to the electron transport chain. [3]
Q664[10 marks]hardCh12 · Energy and respiration· The Krebs cycle
The Krebs cycle, also known as the citric acid cycle, is a series of enzymatic reactions occurring in the mitochondrial matrix, central to aerobic respiration.
(a) Discuss the importance of the Krebs cycle as a central metabolic pathway, not only for respiration but also for providing intermediates for other anabolic reactions. [6]
(b) Evaluate the direct ATP yield of the Krebs cycle compared to its indirect contribution to ATP synthesis. [4]
Q665[6 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Respiration without oxygen
Muscle cells can respire anaerobically during intense exercise.
(a) Draw a simple flow diagram to show the fate of pyruvate in a human muscle cell under anaerobic conditions, including the enzymes involved. [3]
(b) Explain why lactate accumulation is problematic for muscle cells. [3]
Q666[8 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Mitochondrial structure and function
Mitochondria are often described as the 'powerhouses' of the cell due to their role in ATP production.
(a) Describe the structural features of the cristae that increase the efficiency of oxidative phosphorylation. [4]
(b) Explain the role of the outer mitochondrial membrane. [4]
Q667[6 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Respiratory substrates
Triglycerides and glucose are important respiratory substrates.
(a) Draw a simple diagram illustrating the general structure of a triglyceride, indicating where it can be broken down for respiration. [3]
(b) Explain why glucose is readily available as a respiratory substrate in most organisms. [3]
Q668[6 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· The Krebs cycle
The Krebs cycle is a central metabolic pathway in aerobic respiration, occurring in the mitochondrial matrix.
(a) Name the 4-carbon compound that combines with acetyl coenzyme A at the start of the Krebs cycle. [2]
(b) State two molecules that are reduced during one turn of the Krebs cycle and one molecule that is decarboxylated. [4]
Q669[5 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· The need for energy in living organisms
ATP is the universal energy currency of cells, playing a crucial role in various life processes.
(a) State two general roles of ATP in living organisms. [2]
(b) Identify three specific cellular processes that require energy provided by ATP. [3]
Q670[8 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Ethanol fermentation in rice
Rice plants are often grown in flooded paddy fields, leading to anaerobic conditions in their roots. They can survive these conditions by carrying out ethanol fermentation.
(a) Describe the biochemical pathway of ethanol fermentation, starting from pyruvate. [5]
(b) Explain why rice plants in flooded conditions benefit from ethanol fermentation. [3]
Q671[7 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Respiration without oxygen
Respiratory Quotient (RQ) is a useful measure to understand the type of respiration and substrate being used by an organism.
(a) Calculate the Respiratory Quotient (RQ) for an organism undergoing complete anaerobic respiration, assuming glucose is the substrate. Show your working. [4]
(b) Predict how the RQ would change if the organism switched to partial aerobic respiration. [3]
Q672[8 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Respiration without oxygen
During intense exercise, animal muscle cells may experience oxygen shortage and switch to anaerobic respiration.
(a) Describe the main steps of lactate fermentation in animal muscle cells. [5]
(b) Compare the ATP yield of anaerobic respiration with that of aerobic respiration from one glucose molecule. [3]
Q673[5 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Aerobic respiration
Aerobic respiration is the process by which living organisms release energy from organic compounds in the presence of oxygen.
(a) Name the four main stages of aerobic respiration. [2]
(b) State the overall balanced chemical equation for aerobic respiration of glucose. [3]
Q674[5 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Respiratory substrates
Living organisms require a constant supply of energy to carry out metabolic processes, which is obtained through the breakdown of organic molecules.
(a) Name two common respiratory substrates. [2]
(b) State the primary role of respiratory substrates in living organisms. [3]
Q675[7 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· The need for energy in living organisms
ATP is the immediate energy currency of the cell, constantly being synthesised and hydrolysed to power cellular processes. Fig 12.4 shows the change in ATP concentration in a cell culture over time after an inhibitor is added.
(a) Interpret the data in Fig 12.4 to determine the time taken for the ATP concentration to fall by 50% after the addition of the inhibitor. [2]
(b) Calculate the percentage decrease in ATP concentration at 15 minutes compared to the initial concentration. [2]
(c) Explain why the ATP concentration decreases after the addition of the inhibitor, in terms of energy metabolism. [3]
Q676[7 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Aerobic respiration
Germinating seeds are highly metabolically active and respire aerobically. A student used a respirometer to measure the rate of oxygen uptake and carbon dioxide production by germinating seeds at different temperatures.
Fig 12.1 shows the results obtained.
(a) Calculate the RQ for the organism at 25 °C. [3]
(b) Determine the effect of increasing temperature from 25 °C to 35 °C on the rate of oxygen uptake and carbon dioxide production, using the data. [4]
Q677[7 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Mitochondrial structure and function
The graph in Fig 12.1 illustrates the relationship between the proton gradient across the inner mitochondrial membrane and the rate of ATP synthesis.
(a) Interpret the graph to describe how the rate of ATP synthesis changes with increasing proton gradient across the inner mitochondrial membrane. [4]
(b) Suggest what would happen to ATP synthesis if the inner mitochondrial membrane became permeable to protons. [3]
Q678[11 marks]hardCh12 · Energy and respiration· Oxidative phosphorylation and the electron transport chain
Aerobic respiration is highly efficient at producing ATP, largely due to the process of oxidative phosphorylation. However, this efficiency is critically dependent on the availability of oxygen.
(a) Discuss the importance of oxygen as the final electron acceptor in the electron transport chain for the continuation of aerobic respiration. [7]
(b) Evaluate the consequences of a lack of oxygen on the process of oxidative phosphorylation. [4]
Q679[7 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· The link reaction
Following glycolysis, pyruvate molecules enter the mitochondrion for further oxidation in aerobic conditions. The link reaction is a crucial intermediate step before the Krebs cycle.
(a) Explain why the link reaction is considered an oxidative decarboxylation reaction. [4]
(b) If 10 molecules of glucose undergo glycolysis and then the link reaction, calculate the total number of CO2 molecules released and reduced NAD molecules formed during the link reaction. [3]
Q680[4 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Respiration without oxygen
Organisms can obtain energy through respiration in the absence of oxygen.
(a) Define the term 'anaerobic respiration'. [2]
(b) Identify the primary purpose of fermentation in terms of NAD regeneration. [2]
Q681[10 marks]hardCh12 · Energy and respiration· Ethanol fermentation in rice
Rice plants are unique in their ability to tolerate prolonged periods of flooding, a condition that is lethal to most other crops due to anaerobic stress.
(a) Evaluate the metabolic adaptations of rice plants that allow them to survive prolonged periods of flooding, specifically focusing on the role of aerenchyma and ethanol fermentation. [6]
(b) Discuss the potential toxic effects of ethanol accumulation in plant cells and how rice plants manage this. [4]
Q682[10 marks]hardCh12 · Energy and respiration· Glycolysis
Glycolysis is a foundational metabolic pathway, essential for energy production in nearly all living organisms. Its products are crucial for subsequent stages of respiration.
(a) Discuss the importance of glycolysis as a central metabolic pathway, highlighting its role in both aerobic and anaerobic respiration. [6]
(b) Outline the fate of pyruvate in the absence of oxygen. [4]
Q683[8 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· The need for energy in living organisms
ATP is a crucial molecule in cellular energy transfer. It is constantly being hydrolysed and resynthesised within cells.
(a) Describe how ATP is formed from ADP and inorganic phosphate. [4]
(b) Explain why ATP is considered the universal energy currency of cells. [4]
Q684[6 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· The link reaction
The link reaction is a crucial intermediate step between glycolysis and the Krebs cycle in aerobic respiration.
(a) Describe the chemical structure of acetyl coenzyme A, identifying its key components. [3]
(b) Explain why the link reaction is considered a preparatory step for the Krebs cycle. [3]
Q685[4 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Glycolysis
Glycolysis is the first stage of both aerobic and anaerobic respiration and occurs in the cytoplasm of cells.
(a) Define the term 'glycolysis'. [2]
(b) State the final product of glycolysis. [2]
Q686[10 marks]hardCh12 · Energy and respiration· Mitochondrial structure and function
The mitochondrion is a highly organised organelle, with distinct compartments and specialised functions.
(a) Discuss how the compartmentalisation within the mitochondrion is essential for the processes of aerobic respiration. [6]
(b) Relate the presence of mitochondrial DNA and ribosomes to the endosymbiotic theory. [4]
Q687[10 marks]hardCh12 · Energy and respiration· The link reaction
The link reaction, occurring in the mitochondrial matrix, transforms pyruvate into acetyl coenzyme A, which then fuels the Krebs cycle. Fig 12.1 illustrates this process.
Fig 12.1
(a) Compare the processes of decarboxylation and dehydrogenation as they occur in the link reaction. [5]
(b) Discuss the significance of the formation of reduced NAD in the link reaction for subsequent ATP production. [5]
Q688[8 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Oxidative phosphorylation and the electron transport chain
Oxidative phosphorylation is the final stage of aerobic respiration, where the majority of ATP is generated. This process relies on a proton gradient established across the inner mitochondrial membrane.
Fig 12.2 shows a simplified diagram of the electron transport chain and ATP synthase within the inner mitochondrial membrane.
(a) Describe the role of the electron transport chain in generating a proton gradient across the inner mitochondrial membrane, as shown in Fig 12.2. [5]
(b) Explain how the proton gradient is used to synthesise ATP by chemiosmosis. [3]
Q689[8 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· The Krebs cycle
Fig 12.1 shows a simplified diagram of the Krebs cycle.
(a) Outline the main events that occur during one complete turn of the Krebs cycle, as shown in Fig 12.1. [5]
(b) Explain why the Krebs cycle is considered a cycle. [3]
Q690[7 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Glycolysis
Fig 12.1 shows a simplified diagram of the initial stages of glycolysis.
(a) Label the molecules X, Y, and Z on the diagram. [3]
(b) Identify the type of reaction occurring at step 1 and step 3. [2]
(c) Describe the energy change associated with step 2. [2]
Q691[12 marks]hardCh12 · Energy and respiration· The Krebs cycle
The Krebs cycle, also known as the citric acid cycle, is a central metabolic pathway in all organisms that use aerobic respiration. It takes place in the mitochondrial matrix and completes the oxidation of glucose derivatives.
Fig 12.1 shows a diagram of the Krebs cycle, indicating the intermediate compounds, enzymes, and key products.
(a) Analyse the provided diagram of the Krebs cycle (Fig 12.1) to identify all points where CO2 is released and where reduced coenzymes are formed per turn of the cycle. [5]
(b) Deduce the overall balanced equation for the complete oxidation of one molecule of acetyl CoA through the Krebs cycle, showing all major products. [4]
(c) Predict the effect on ATP production if a drug inhibits the enzyme that converts isocitrate to alpha-ketoglutarate in the Krebs cycle. [3]
Q692[9 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Glycolysis
Glycolysis is the first stage of both aerobic and anaerobic respiration, occurring in the cytoplasm of cells. It involves the breakdown of glucose into pyruvate.
(a) Calculate the net number of ATP molecules produced per glucose molecule during glycolysis. [3]
(b) Explain the importance of NAD+ regeneration for the continuation of glycolysis, both in the presence and absence of oxygen. [6]
Q693[8 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Aerobic respiration
Aerobic respiration is a complex metabolic pathway that releases energy from organic compounds in the presence of oxygen.
(a) Describe the location within a eukaryotic cell where each of the four main stages of aerobic respiration occurs. [4]
(b) Explain the importance of oxygen in aerobic respiration. [4]
Q694[5 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Mitochondrial structure and function
The mitochondrion is a vital organelle for aerobic respiration.
(a) Name two major components of the inner mitochondrial membrane. [2]
(b) State three functions of the mitochondrial matrix. [3]
Q695[5 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· The link reaction
The link reaction is a crucial intermediate step between glycolysis and the Krebs cycle in aerobic respiration.
(a) State the location within the cell where the link reaction occurs. [2]
(b) Identify the three main products of the link reaction from one molecule of pyruvate. [3]
Q696[6 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Mitochondrial structure and function
The mitochondrion is a key organelle for aerobic respiration.
(a) Identify two molecules that are transported across the inner mitochondrial membrane into the matrix for the Krebs cycle. [2]
(b) State the location within the mitochondrion where glycolysis, the Krebs cycle, and oxidative phosphorylation occur. [4]
Q697[6 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Ethanol fermentation in rice
Rice plants are adapted to grow in flooded conditions, but their roots can still experience anaerobic stress. The graph in Fig. 12.2 shows the ethanol concentration in rice roots over 72 hours of flooding.
(a) Interpret the data in Fig. 12.2 to describe the trend of ethanol production over time in flooded rice roots. [3]
(b) Suggest a reason for the observed trend in ethanol production. [3]
Q698[5 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Ethanol fermentation in rice
Rice plants can adapt to waterlogged conditions through ethanol fermentation.
(a) Outline the two main products of ethanol fermentation. [3]
(b) State the enzyme responsible for the conversion of pyruvate to ethanal. [2]
Q699[9 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Aerobic respiration
Aerobic respiration is the process by which cells release energy from organic compounds in the presence of oxygen. The mitochondrion is the primary site for most stages of aerobic respiration.
(a) Draw a simple diagram of a mitochondrion and label the matrix, inner membrane, outer membrane, and intermembrane space. [5]
(b) Explain how the structure of the mitochondrion is adapted for its function in aerobic respiration. [4]
Q700[6 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· The need for energy in living organisms
ATP is often referred to as the 'energy currency' of the cell, playing a crucial role in various metabolic processes.
(a) Outline the general structure of an ATP molecule. [3]
(b) Give three reasons why ATP is a suitable energy currency for cells. [3]
Q701[10 marks]hardCh12 · Energy and respiration· Respiration without oxygen
Some organisms, such as certain bacteria or plants in waterlogged soils, can switch between aerobic and anaerobic respiration depending on oxygen availability.
(a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of anaerobic respiration for organisms living in environments with fluctuating oxygen availability. [6]
(b) Explain how the accumulation of lactate can affect muscle function during intense exercise. [4]
Q702[7 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Ethanol fermentation in rice
The respiratory quotient (RQ) provides insight into the type of substrate being respired and the conditions of respiration. In anaerobic conditions, such as those experienced by rice roots in flooded fields, ethanol fermentation occurs.
(a) Calculate the Respiratory Quotient (RQ) for ethanol fermentation using the balanced chemical equation for the conversion of glucose to ethanol and carbon dioxide:
C₆H₁₂O₆ → 2C₂H₅OH + 2CO₂
Show your working. [4]
(b) Determine what the RQ value indicates about the oxygen consumption during ethanol fermentation. [3]
Q703[8 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Glycolysis
Glycolysis is the first stage of both aerobic and anaerobic respiration, occurring in the cytoplasm of cells. This initial phase involves an 'energy investment'.
(a) Describe the main events occurring during the energy investment phase of glycolysis. [5]
(b) Explain why ATP is required at the start of glycolysis. [3]
Q704[7 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Oxidative phosphorylation and the electron transport chain
Oxidative phosphorylation relies on the establishment of a proton gradient across the inner mitochondrial membrane. The graph in Fig 12.2 shows the change in pH in the intermembrane space and mitochondrial matrix after the addition of a respiratory substrate to isolated mitochondria.
Fig 12.2
(a) Interpret the graph showing the change in pH in the intermembrane space and mitochondrial matrix after the addition of a respiratory substrate. [4]
(b) Explain how the observed pH changes are linked to ATP synthesis. [3]
Q705[8 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Oxidative phosphorylation and the electron transport chain
Mitochondria are often referred to as the 'powerhouses' of the cell due to their role in producing ATP through aerobic respiration.
(a) Sketch a diagram of a mitochondrion and label the inner mitochondrial membrane, outer mitochondrial membrane, intermembrane space, and mitochondrial matrix. [5]
(b) Label on your sketch the specific region where the electron transport chain is located and the region where the proton gradient is established. [3]
Q706[8 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Measuring oxygen uptake and calculating RQs
A student sets up a respirometer to investigate the respiration of small invertebrates.
(a) Describe how the volume of oxygen uptake is measured in a simple respirometer containing germinating seeds. [4]
(b) Explain the purpose of including potassium hydroxide solution in a respirometer when measuring oxygen uptake. [4]
Q707[4 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy values of respiratory substrates
Different organic molecules store varying amounts of chemical energy, which affects their efficiency as respiratory substrates.
(a) State which class of respiratory substrate typically yields the most energy per unit mass. [2]
(b) State why this class of substrate provides more energy. [2]
Q708[10 marks]hardCh12 · Energy and respiration· Measuring rate of respiration using redox indicators
Various methods are available to measure the rate of respiration in biological samples.
(a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of using redox indicators compared to a respirometer for measuring respiration rates. [6]
(b) Evaluate the suitability of using methylene blue to measure the rate of aerobic respiration in animal cells. [4]
Q709[8 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Measuring oxygen uptake and calculating RQs
A desert animal has evolved physiological adaptations to survive in its harsh environment, including specific metabolic pathways for respiration.
(a) Calculate the Respiratory Quotient (RQ) of a desert animal that consumes 0.05 moles of oxygen and produces 0.035 moles of carbon dioxide in an hour. Show your working. [4]
(b) Explain what the calculated RQ value suggests about the animal's primary respiratory substrate. [4]
Q710[8 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Respiratory quotients
The Respiratory Quotient (RQ) provides insight into the type of fuel being metabolised by an organism.
(a) Calculate the RQ for the aerobic respiration of a fatty acid with the formula C18H36O2. [4]
(b) Deduce what an RQ value of 0.7 suggests about the primary respiratory substrate being used. [4]
Q711[12 marks]hardCh12 · Energy and respiration· Measuring oxygen uptake and calculating RQs
Germinating pea seeds are metabolically active and carry out respiration at a measurable rate. Environmental factors, such as temperature, can significantly influence this rate.
(a) Design an experiment to investigate the effect of different temperatures (e.g., 10°C, 20°C, 30°C) on the Respiratory Quotient (RQ) of germinating pea seeds using a respirometer. Your design should include details of the apparatus, procedure, and how data will be collected. [6]
(b) Justify the inclusion of a compensating tube in your experimental setup. [3]
(c) Predict how the RQ might change as temperature increases from 10°C to 30°C and explain your reasoning. [3]
Q712[10 marks]hardCh12 · Energy and respiration· Respiratory substrates
While carbohydrates and lipids are the primary energy sources, the human body can adapt to use other molecules under specific conditions.
(a) Discuss the circumstances under which a human body might primarily use proteins as a respiratory substrate. [6]
(b) Compare the initial stages of glucose and fatty acid breakdown for respiration. [4]
Q713[11 marks]hardCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy values of respiratory substrates
Animals store energy in different forms, primarily as carbohydrates (glycogen) and lipids (triglycerides), to meet their metabolic demands.
(a) Analyse the advantages and disadvantages of using carbohydrates versus lipids as primary energy stores in animals. [6]
(b) Evaluate how the energy values of different substrates influence the metabolic adaptations of organisms, such as hibernating animals. [5]
Q714[9 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy values of respiratory substrates
Fig 12.1 shows the energy released per gram for three different respiratory substrates.
(a) Using Fig 12.1, calculate the percentage difference in energy released per gram between substrate A and substrate B. [3]
(b) Compare the energy released per gram by substrate C to that of substrate A. [3]
(c) Deduce which substrate (A, B, or C) is most likely a lipid, providing a reason for your choice. [3]
Q715[6 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Measuring oxygen uptake and calculating RQs
A student is planning an experiment to measure the rate of respiration in yeast using a respirometer.
(a) Outline the precautions taken when setting up a respirometer to ensure accurate measurements. [3]
(b) Suggest why a control experiment is essential when using a respirometer to measure respiration rates. [3]
Q716[7 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Measuring rate of respiration using redox indicators
Methylene blue is a common redox indicator used in experiments to visualise the activity of respiratory enzymes. It is blue when oxidised and colourless when reduced.
(a) Explain the principle behind using a redox indicator to measure respiration, referring to electron transfer. [4]
(b) Predict the colour change of methylene blue in the presence of actively respiring yeast cells and explain why this change occurs. [3]
Q717[5 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Measuring rate of respiration using redox indicators
Redox indicators are often used in classroom experiments to demonstrate and measure the rate of respiration in organisms like yeast or germinating seeds.
(a) Name two common redox indicators used to measure the rate of respiration. [2]
(b) State how the colour change of a redox indicator is used to infer the rate of respiration. [3]
Q718[7 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Measuring oxygen uptake and calculating RQs
An experiment was conducted using a respirometer to investigate the respiration of an organism. The results are shown in Fig 12.1.
**Fig 12.1**
Measurement
Value
Volume of oxygen consumed
15 cm$^3$ in 10 minutes
Volume of carbon dioxide produced
12 cm$^3$ in 10 minutes
(a) Calculate the RQ for the organism using the provided data. [3]
(b) Deduce the main respiratory substrate being used by the organism and justify your answer. [4]
Q719[8 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Measuring rate of respiration using redox indicators
An experiment was set up to investigate the effect of temperature on the rate of respiration in yeast using methylene blue as a redox indicator. Fig 12.1 shows the experimental setup and results after 30 minutes.
(a) Describe the observed colour changes for tube A and tube B over the 30-minute period. [3]
(b) Compare the rates of respiration in tube A and tube B based on the indicator's colour change. [3]
(c) Suggest a reason for the difference in results between tube A and tube B. [2]
Q720[5 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Respiratory quotients
The Respiratory Quotient (RQ) is a useful measure for determining the type of substrate being respired by an organism.
(a) Define the term Respiratory Quotient (RQ). [2]
(b) State the typical RQ value for the complete aerobic respiration of glucose. [3]
Q721[7 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy values of respiratory substrates
Different biological molecules are used as respiratory substrates, each providing varying amounts of energy upon oxidation.
(a) If 1g of glucose provides 16 kJ of energy and 1g of a lipid provides 38 kJ, calculate the ratio of energy provided by lipid to glucose. [3]
(b) Explain, in terms of chemical structure, why lipids have a higher energy value per gram compared to carbohydrates. [4]
Q722[7 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Respiratory substrates
Fig 12.1 shows the concentration of different respiratory substrates in a cell over a 60-minute period.
(a) Interpret the data in Fig 12.1 to identify the most abundant respiratory substrate available at 30 minutes. [3]
(b) Explain the trend observed for carbohydrate concentration between 0 and 60 minutes. [4]
Q723[6 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Measuring rate of respiration using redox indicators
Redox indicators can be used to measure the rate of respiration in microorganisms.
(a) Outline the procedure for preparing a standard curve using a redox indicator to quantify respiration rate. [3]
(b) Explain why it is important to maintain anaerobic conditions when using some redox indicators to measure respiration. [3]
Q724[10 marks]hardCh12 · Energy and respiration· Respiratory quotients
The respiratory quotient (RQ) provides valuable information about the type of respiration and the substrate being used by an organism.
(a) Discuss how an RQ value can indicate the type of respiration occurring in an organism. [6]
(b) Explain why the RQ value can exceed 1.0 under certain physiological conditions. [4]
Q725[11 marks]hardCh12 · Energy and respiration· Measuring oxygen uptake and calculating RQs
A scientist investigated the respiration of germinating seeds at two different temperatures using a respirometer. The results are shown in Fig 12.1.
Fig 12.1
Temperature (°C)
Oxygen uptake (cm³/hr)
Carbon dioxide production (cm³/hr)
10
20
18
25
40
30
(a) Calculate the RQ values for the germinating seeds at 10°C and 25°C. Show your working. [4]
(b) Interpret the difference in RQ values observed at the two temperatures. [3]
(c) Evaluate the reliability of the RQ values obtained from this experiment and suggest improvements. [4]
Q726[10 marks]hardCh12 · Energy and respiration· Measuring oxygen uptake and calculating RQs
A student sets up a simple respirometer to investigate the respiration rate of small invertebrates, such as woodlice. The apparatus consists of a sealed tube containing the woodlice, a soda lime absorbent, and a manometer connected to a scale.
(a) Discuss the limitations of using a simple respirometer to measure the rate of respiration in small invertebrates. [6]
(b) Analyse how temperature fluctuations might affect the accuracy of RQ calculations and suggest a method to minimise this effect. [4]
Q727[9 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Measuring oxygen uptake and calculating RQs
An experiment was conducted to measure the oxygen uptake of insect larvae over a period of time using a respirometer. The cumulative oxygen uptake was recorded at regular intervals.
(a) Plot a graph of cumulative oxygen uptake (y-axis) against time (x-axis) for the insect larvae using the data below.
Time (min)
Cumulative O₂ uptake (mm³)
0
0
10
1.5
\
20
3.1
\
30
4.8
\
40
6.4
\
50
8.0
\
60
9.5
[4]
(b) Determine the average rate of oxygen uptake per hour from your graph. Show your working. [2]
(c) Discuss one source of error in this experiment and how it could be minimized. [3]
Q728[6 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Measuring rate of respiration using redox indicators
Redox indicators can be used to monitor the rate of respiration in living organisms, such as yeast. Fig 12.1 shows a simplified representation of a redox indicator's colour change.
(a) Identify the substance being oxidised and the substance being reduced in the reaction involving the redox indicator shown in Fig 12.1. [2]
(b) Explain how the rate of colour change of the indicator can be used to determine the relative rate of respiration. [4]
Q729[11 marks]hardCh12 · Energy and respiration· Measuring rate of respiration using redox indicators
An experiment was conducted to investigate the effect of glucose concentration on the rate of respiration in a yeast suspension, using methylene blue as a redox indicator. The time taken for the methylene blue to decolorize was recorded for various glucose concentrations. The results are shown in the graph in Fig 12.2.
(a) Analyse the data to determine the optimal glucose concentration for yeast respiration. [5]
(b) Suggest why the time taken for decolorisation increases at very high glucose concentrations. [3]
(c) Justify the use of a water bath in this experiment. [3]
Q730[8 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy values of respiratory substrates
Migratory birds require significant energy reserves for their long journeys.
(a) A bird uses 10g of fat (39 kJ/g) and 5g of carbohydrate (17 kJ/g) during a migratory flight. Calculate the total energy obtained from these substrates. [4]
(b) Discuss the metabolic advantage of using fat as the primary energy store for migratory birds. [4]
Q731[9 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Respiratory quotients
Fig 12.1 shows the volume of oxygen used and carbon dioxide produced by an organism at different temperatures.
(a) Using the data in Fig 12.1, calculate the RQ for the organism at 20°C. [3]
(b) Interpret the change in RQ as the temperature increases from 10°C to 40°C. [3]
(c) Suggest a possible reason for the observed RQ trend with increasing temperature. [3]
Q732[5 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Measuring oxygen uptake and calculating RQs
A student is investigating the rate of respiration in germinating seeds using a respirometer.
(a) Define the term Respiratory Quotient (RQ). [2]
(b) State three factors that can affect the rate of oxygen uptake in a respirometer experiment. [3]
Q733[8 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Respiratory substrates
Different types of organic molecules can be used as respiratory substrates, each processed through specific metabolic pathways.
(a) Describe how lipids can be used as respiratory substrates. [4]
(b) Explain why proteins are generally not the preferred respiratory substrate. [4]
Q734[3 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
In the space below, draw a large, labelled diagram of a single, mature xylem vessel. [3]
Q735[2 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Explain why the addition of ADP at time = 1 minute is necessary for oxygen consumption to begin. [2]
Q736[3 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Suggest an explanation for the results between 10 °C and 30 °C. [3]
Q737[2 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Table 3.1 shows the effect of temperature on the rate of water uptake by a plant cutting.
(i) Describe the trend shown in Table 3.1. [2]
Q738[2 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
The actual diameter of organelle A along the line D-E is 1.2 µm. The length of the line D-E on the micrograph is 60 mm.
Calculate the magnification of the micrograph. Show your working. [2]
Q739[3 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Explain how the structure of organelle B is adapted for its role in photosynthesis. [3]
Q740[1 mark]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Suggest how the structure of the competitive inhibitor is related to the normal substrate of the enzyme. [1]
Q741[2 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Suggest what would happen to the concentration of Intermediate B if the gene for Enzyme 2 was mutated, resulting in a non-functional enzyme. [2]
Q742[2 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
The endodermis contains the Casparian strip. Explain why water and dissolved mineral ions must pass through the symplast pathway at the endodermis. [2]
Q743[2 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Explain the role of NAD and FAD in the Krebs cycle. [2]
Q744[3 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Explain the effect of the non-competitive inhibitor on the maximum rate of reaction (Vmax). [3]
Q745[2 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Oligomycin is an inhibitor that blocks the proton channel of ATP synthase. Suggest and explain the effect on the electron transport chain if oligomycin is added to the mitochondria. [2]
Q746[5 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Draw a large plan diagram of one quarter of the specimen on slide **S1** as seen using a low-power objective lens. Your drawing should show the correct shapes and proportions of the different tissues.
Use one ruled label line and label to identify the **cortex**.
Q747[2 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Using the information in Table 1.1 and your knowledge of enzymes, explain the effect of increasing ethanol concentration on the rate of anaerobic respiration.
Q748[5 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
You will collect the gas produced by each concentration for 3 minutes, recording the total volume every 30 seconds. You will then calculate the mean rate of reaction for each concentration in cm³ min⁻¹.
Prepare a single table to record all your raw data and the calculated rates.
Q749[5 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Observe the cortex on slide **S1** using a high-power objective lens. These are parenchyma cells.
Draw a small group of three or four adjacent parenchyma cells. Label the nucleus and the cell wall of one of the cells.
Q750[2 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
The procedure involved mixing 5 cm³ of yeast suspension **Y** with 5 cm³ of glucose solution in a test-tube. Before mixing, the test-tube containing the yeast suspension was left in the water bath at 35 °C for 5 minutes.
Explain why this step is necessary.
Q751[4 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Table 1.1 shows the results of an investigation into the effect of ethanol concentration on the rate of anaerobic respiration in yeast.
Plot a graph of the data shown in Table 1.1.
Q752[3 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
The student made a range of glucose concentrations by diluting the 2.0 mol dm⁻³ glucose solution, **G**, with distilled water, **W**.
Complete the diagram below to show how you would prepare three further concentrations of glucose solution using a proportional dilution method. Start with 10 cm³ of the 2.0 mol dm⁻³ glucose solution **G**.
For each test-tube you add, draw arrows to show the volumes transferred and state the final concentration of glucose underneath.
<diagram of one test-tube containing 10 cm³ of G, with '2.0 mol dm⁻³' written below it, and three empty test-tubes next to it>
Q753[4 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Identify two significant sources of error in the student's procedure for collecting the gas. For each error, suggest an improvement.
error 1 ...................................................................................................................................................
improvement 1 ......................................................................................................................................
error 2 ...................................................................................................................................................
improvement 2 ......................................................................................................................................
Q754[3 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Predict and explain the effect of increasing the temperature from 20°C to 30°C on the rate of oxygen consumption.
Q755[3 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Suggest how Gliclazide helps to lower blood glucose in a person with Type 2 diabetes.
Q756[4 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Explain the effect of malonate on the rate of ATP production by oxidative phosphorylation.
Q757[1 mark]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Write a word equation for anaerobic respiration in yeast.
Q758[1 mark]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Yeast, *Saccharomyces cerevisiae*, can respire aerobically and anaerobically.
(i) State the location of anaerobic respiration in a yeast cell.
Q759[3 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
One gene found to be upregulated under hypoxic conditions codes for the enzyme lactate dehydrogenase (LDH). Explain the advantage of increased LDH production in muscle cells during periods of oxygen shortage, such as vigorous exercise.
Q760[3 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Explain the role of NAD in glycolysis.
Q761[3 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
A student investigates the effect of different respiratory substrates on the rate of anaerobic respiration in yeast. They find that glucose and fructose result in a high rate of CO₂ production, but galactose gives a very low rate.
Suggest why yeast may be unable to use galactose as effectively as glucose for anaerobic respiration.
Q762[5 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
A chi-squared (χ²) test was carried out on these results. The calculated value of χ² was 1348.6.
Table 4.2 shows critical values for the χ² distribution.
Explain what the results of the cross and the chi-squared test indicate about the inheritance of these two genes.
Q763[5 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Cyanide is a potent respiratory inhibitor. It binds irreversibly to cytochrome c oxidase (complex IV), the final enzyme in the mitochondrial electron transport chain.
Explain the consequences of cyanide poisoning for a mitochondrion.
Q764[4 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Photosynthesis and aerobic respiration are two key metabolic processes in a plant cell. Complete the table below to compare the two processes.
Q765[4 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Explain the role of ATP in muscle contraction.
Q766[6 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Scientists can investigate changes in gene expression in response to environmental conditions. A DNA microarray can be used to compare the genes being expressed in cells under two different conditions, for example, muscle cells grown in normal oxygen (normoxia) and low oxygen (hypoxia).
Describe how a DNA microarray is used to compare the expression of genes in muscle cells from normoxic and hypoxic conditions.
Q767[4 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Explain why transmission across a neuromuscular junction is always excitatory, whereas a synapse in the brain can be inhibitory.
Q768[2 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Suggest why increasing the concentration of succinate can overcome the inhibition by malonate.
Q769[1 mark]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Gliclazide is a drug used to treat some people with Type 2 diabetes. It works by binding to ATP-sensitive potassium channels on the cell surface membranes of pancreatic cells, stimulating them to secrete insulin.
(i) State the target cells for insulin.
Q770[2 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
In the fruit fly, *Drosophila melanogaster*, the gene for body colour and the gene for wing shape are on the same autosome. The allele for grey body, **G**, is dominant to the allele for ebony body, **g**. The allele for normal wings, **V**, is dominant to the allele for vestigial wings, **v**.
A cross was carried out between a fly that was heterozygous for both genes and a fly with an ebony body and vestigial wings.
State the genotypes of the two parent flies.
Q771[3 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Explain the formation of the small number of offspring with grey bodies and vestigial wings.
Q772[2 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Explain why the apparatus must be left for a period of time to equilibrate before taking readings.
Q773[3 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
The Krebs cycle is a key stage of aerobic respiration. The enzyme isocitrate dehydrogenase is a key regulatory enzyme in this cycle. It is allosterically inhibited by high concentrations of ATP and NADH.
(i) Explain how allosteric inhibition of an enzyme works.
Q774[2 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Suggest two ways the student could modify the experiment to investigate the effect of temperature on the rate of respiration.
Q775[4 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Explain how the inhibition of isocitrate dehydrogenase by ATP and NADH acts as a negative feedback mechanism to control the rate of respiration.
Q776[5 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Using the principles of negative feedback, explain the mechanism that causes the change in blood glucose concentration between 1 hour and 3 hours.
Q777[3 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
A scientist measures the oxygen consumption of tissue from a thermogenic plant in the presence and absence of cyanide. Predict and explain the results.
Q778[5 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Explain why the ATP yield from anaerobic respiration is much lower than from aerobic respiration.
Q779[3 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Explain the concept of the light compensation point in a plant.
Q780[3 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
A student used the respirometer to measure the rate of oxygen consumption of germinating peas at 20°C. The capillary tube had an internal diameter of 1.5 mm. The coloured liquid moved 35 mm in 10 minutes.
The volume of a cylinder is calculated using the formula V = πr²l, where r is the radius and l is the length.
(i) Calculate the rate of oxygen consumption in mm³/min. Show your working.
Q781[2 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Some plants, known as 'thermogenic' plants, have an alternative respiratory pathway. This pathway bypasses some of the proton pumps in the electron transport chain, releasing energy as heat instead of synthesising ATP. This process is catalysed by an 'alternative oxidase' (AOX) enzyme, which is not inhibited by cyanide.
(i) Suggest one advantage for a plant of being able to generate heat through this alternative respiratory pathway.
Q782[1 mark]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
The results of this cross are shown in Table 4.1.
(i) State the expected phenotypic ratio for this cross if the genes were located on different chromosomes.
Q783[3 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
The scientists compared results from two groups (with and without inhibitor) and categorised the outcomes (high or low rate). They calculated a chi-squared (χ²) value of 8.94.
Use this value and Table 2.2 to determine whether the effect of oligomycin is significant. Explain your reasoning.
Q784[3 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
In a preliminary experiment at 30 °C, the methylene blue took 180 seconds to decolourise. At 40 °C, it took 110 seconds.
The rate of reaction can be expressed as 1/t, where t is the time in seconds.
Calculate the percentage increase in the rate of respiration when the temperature is increased from 30 °C to 40 °C. Show your working.
Q785[1 mark]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
State a suitable null hypothesis for the chi-squared test carried out by the scientists.
Q786[2 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Identify the independent and dependent variables in this investigation.
Q787[8 marks]hardCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Describe a method the student could use to investigate the effect of temperature on the rate of anaerobic respiration in yeast using methylene blue.
Your method should be detailed enough for another person to follow.
Q788[2 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Use your graph to determine the concentration of oligomycin that inhibits the rate of oxygen consumption by 50% (IC₅₀).
Show your working on your graph.
Q789[5 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
A student concluded that 'Oligomycin is a non-competitive inhibitor of respiration'.
Evaluate the extent to which the data and your graph support this conclusion.
Q790[2 marks]easyCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Sketch a graph on the axes below to show the expected results for this investigation over a temperature range of 10 °C to 70 °C.
Q791[4 marks]mediumCh12 · Energy and respiration· Energy and respiration
Plot a graph of the data shown in Table 2.1. Use a pencil to draw a line of best fit.
Q792[7 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Continuous and discontinuous variation
Fig 17.1 shows the frequency distribution of human height in a population.
(a) Interpret the information in Fig 17.1 to describe the pattern of variation shown for human height. [4]
(b) Suggest why human height is an example of continuous variation. [3]
Q793[10 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection pressures and survival
Natural selection can lead to different patterns of phenotypic distribution within a population.
(a) Draw a graph to show the expected distribution of a phenotypic trait under stabilising selection. Label your axes clearly. [4]
(b) Compare and contrast the effects of stabilising selection and disruptive selection on the genetic variation and phenotype distribution within a population over time. Discuss a specific example for each type of selection. [6]
Q794[10 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Stabilising, disruptive and directional selection
Natural selection acts on phenotypic variation within a population, influencing the frequency of alleles over generations. Fig 17.1 illustrates three different patterns of natural selection.
(a) Compare and contrast disruptive selection with directional selection, referring to their effects on allele frequencies and phenotypic distribution as shown in Fig 17.1. [6]
(b) Suggest a real-world example where disruptive selection might be observed in a population. [4]
Q795[12 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Continuous and discontinuous variation
Phenotypic variation within a species can be influenced by a complex interplay of genetic and environmental factors.
(a) Discuss the genetic basis of continuous variation, referring to the concept of polygenes. [6]
(b) Evaluate the relative contributions of genetic and environmental factors to the phenotypic expression of continuous variation, using an appropriate example. [6]
Q796[10 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Genetic variation
Genetic variation is fundamental to the process of evolution within a species.
(a) Discuss how mutation and gene flow contribute to genetic variation within a population. [6]
(b) Explain why genetic variation is crucial for the survival of a species. [4]
Q797[7 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· The Hardy–Weinberg principle
A population of plants has two alleles for flower colour: red (R, dominant) and white (r, recessive). In this population, 9% of the plants have white flowers.
(a) Define the term 'gene pool'. [2]
(b) Calculate the frequency of the homozygous dominant genotype in this population. [5]
Q798[5 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Stabilising, disruptive and directional selection
Organisms are constantly exposed to various factors in their environment that influence their survival and reproduction.
(a) Define the term 'selection pressure'. [2]
(b) State three examples of biotic selection pressures. [3]
Q799[6 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Artificial selection
Artificial selection, also known as selective breeding, has been used by humans for thousands of years to develop organisms with desired traits.
(a) Give two examples of traits in plants or animals that have been developed through artificial selection. [2]
(b) Outline the main disadvantage of inbreeding in artificial selection programmes. [4]
Q800[6 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Genetic variation
Genetic variation is crucial for the survival and evolution of species.
(a) Outline what is meant by genetic variation. [3]
(b) Identify three sources of genetic variation in a population. [3]
Q801[7 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Directional selection leading to change in allele frequency
The Hardy–Weinberg principle can be used to estimate allele and genotype frequencies in a population under specific conditions. However, these conditions are rarely met in real-world scenarios.
(a) In a population of mice, 16% show a recessive phenotype (e.g., white fur). Assuming the population is in Hardy–Weinberg equilibrium, calculate the frequency of the dominant allele. [4]
(b) If directional selection against the recessive phenotype occurs, predict how the frequency of the dominant allele will change over several generations. [3]
Q802[5 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Industrial melanism
Industrial melanism is a classic example of natural selection observed in several species of moths and other insects, particularly in response to environmental changes during the Industrial Revolution.
(a) Define the term 'industrial melanism'. [2]
(b) State two selection pressures that led to the increase in frequency of melanic peppered moths during the Industrial Revolution. [3]
Q803[5 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· The Hardy–Weinberg principle
The Hardy–Weinberg principle is a model used to describe and predict allele and genotype frequencies in a population.
(a) State the two Hardy–Weinberg equations. [2]
(b) Explain what 'p' and 'q' represent in these equations. [3]
Q804[4 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Introduction of disease resistance to varieties of wheat and rice
Disease resistance is a crucial trait for agricultural crops worldwide.
(a) Name two common diseases that affect wheat or rice crops. [2]
(b) State one potential drawback of relying solely on a single disease-resistant variety of a crop. [2]
Q805[5 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· The genetic basis of continuous and discontinuous variation
Variation is a fundamental aspect of biology, allowing populations to adapt over time.
(a) Define the term 'continuous variation'. [2]
(b) State three characteristics of traits showing continuous variation. [3]
Q806[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Industrial melanism
The peppered moth, *Biston betularia*, exists in two main forms: a light-coloured, speckled form and a dark, melanic form. The study of industrial melanism in this species provides compelling evidence for natural selection.
(a) Explain how industrial melanism in peppered moths (*Biston betularia*) provides evidence for natural selection. [5]
(b) Describe how a change in environmental conditions after the Clean Air Acts affected the frequency of melanic moths. [3]
Q807[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Genetic drift and the founder effect
When a small group of individuals migrates to a new area and establishes a new population, their genetic makeup may not be representative of the original population.
(a) Explain the concept of the founder effect. [4]
(b) Describe how the founder effect can lead to a reduction in genetic diversity in a new population compared to the original population. [4]
Q808[4 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· The bottleneck effect
Conservation biologists often study populations that have experienced drastic reductions in size.
(a) Outline what is meant by the bottleneck effect. [4]
Q809[11 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· The bottleneck effect
The cheetah (Acinonyx jubatus) population experienced at least two severe bottleneck events in its evolutionary history, resulting in extremely low genetic diversity today.
(a) Evaluate the impact of a population bottleneck on the Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium of a population. [5]
(b) Predict the likely change in the value of 2pq after a severe bottleneck event, assuming p and q are initial allele frequencies. [3]
(c) Suggest conservation strategies that could be used to mitigate the negative effects of a bottleneck event on a population. [3]
Q810[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Continuous and discontinuous variation
Variation within a species can be classified as either continuous or discontinuous.
(a) Distinguish between continuous and discontinuous variation. [4]
(b) Give two examples of continuous variation and two examples of discontinuous variation in humans. [4]
Q811[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Antibiotic resistance in bacteria
The widespread use of antibiotics has inadvertently driven the evolution of antibiotic-resistant bacterial strains.
(a) Explain how the overuse and misuse of antibiotics contribute to the development and spread of antibiotic resistance in bacterial populations. [5]
(b) Describe one method by which bacteria can transfer antibiotic resistance genes to other bacteria. [3]
Q812[7 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Introduction of disease resistance to varieties of wheat and rice
Crop plants like wheat and rice are essential food sources for a large proportion of the global population. However, they are susceptible to various diseases.
(a) Explain why it is important to introduce disease resistance into crop varieties such as wheat and rice. [4]
(b) Describe one method used to introduce disease resistance into crop plants. [3]
Q813[6 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Antibiotic resistance in bacteria
The rise of antibiotic resistance in bacteria poses a significant challenge to global health.
(a) Identify the primary mechanism by which bacteria acquire new genetic material that can confer antibiotic resistance. [2]
(b) Define what is meant by 'antibiotic resistance' in bacteria and explain why it is a significant public health concern. [4]
Q814[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Genetic variation
Sexual reproduction is a key process for generating genetic diversity within a population.
(a) Describe how meiosis contributes to genetic variation. [4]
(b) Explain the role of random fertilisation in increasing genetic variation in sexually reproducing organisms. [4]
Q815[7 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· The bottleneck effect
Population geneticists study various mechanisms that can alter allele frequencies in a population.
(a) Explain how the bottleneck effect differs from the founder effect in terms of the event that causes a reduction in population size. [4]
(b) Discuss one consequence of a severe bottleneck effect on the long-term survival of a species. [3]
Q816[9 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Antibiotic resistance in bacteria
The Hardy–Weinberg principle can be used to model allele frequencies in a population. Consider a bacterial population where resistance to a particular antibiotic is conferred by a recessive allele.
(a) In a bacterial population, 9% of bacteria are resistant to a specific antibiotic due to a recessive allele (r). Assuming Hardy–Weinberg equilibrium, calculate the frequency of the heterozygous carrier bacteria (Rr). [5]
(b) If an antibiotic is introduced into this environment, deduce the expected change in the frequency of the 'r' allele in subsequent generations, explaining your reasoning. [4]
Q817[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· The genetic basis of continuous and discontinuous variation
Within a species, individuals exhibit various differences in their observable characteristics.
(a) Distinguish between continuous and discontinuous variation using examples. [3]
(b) Explain the genetic basis of continuous variation, referring to polygenes and environmental factors. [5]
Q818[5 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection pressures and survival
Organisms in a population constantly interact with their environment, which can influence their survival.
(a) Define the term 'selection pressure'. [2]
(b) Give three different examples of selection pressures that can act on a population of organisms. [3]
Q819[4 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Directional selection leading to change in allele frequency
Natural selection is a key mechanism of evolution, leading to changes in the genetic makeup of populations over time.
(a) Outline the basic steps involved in natural selection leading to a change in allele frequency. [4]
Q820[10 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Artificial selection
Artificial selection has been widely used in agriculture to improve desirable traits in livestock.
Fig 17.1 shows the average milk yield per cow per year in a dairy herd over a 50-year period.
(a) Analyse the data presented in Fig 17.1 to describe the changes in milk yield over time due to artificial selection. [5]
(b) Evaluate the ethical implications of extensively using artificial selection in animal breeding. [5]
Q821[12 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Antibiotic resistance in bacteria
Antibiotic resistance is a critical global health issue. Fig 17.1 shows the increasing percentage of bacterial isolates resistant to a particular antibiotic over two decades.
Fig 17.1
(a) Discuss the evolutionary principles, including natural selection and genetic variation, that underpin the rapid rise of antibiotic resistance in bacterial populations globally, as indicated by Fig 17.1. [7]
(b) Propose two distinct strategies, at different levels (e.g., individual, societal), that could help mitigate the problem of antibiotic resistance. [5]
Q822[11 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Continuous and discontinuous variation
Fig. 17.1 shows two graphs representing different types of variation in a human population.
(a) Compare the patterns of variation shown in Fig. 17.1 for human blood groups and human height. [5]
(b) Suggest the genetic basis for the type of variation observed in human blood groups. [3]
(c) Predict how the curve for human height might change if measured in a population suffering from severe malnutrition for several generations, assuming no genetic changes. [3]
Q823[6 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Variation
Fig 17.1 shows the frequency distribution of a particular trait in two different populations, X and Y.
(a) Identify the type of variation represented by the data in Fig 17.1. [2]
(b) Describe two differences between the variation observed in population X and population Y as shown in Fig 17.1. [4]
Q824[11 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Natural selection
The process of natural selection has profoundly shaped the diversity of life on Earth.
(a) Discuss the statement 'Natural selection is a passive process, not a conscious one'. Provide examples to support your answer. [6]
(b) Evaluate the role of genetic variation as the raw material for natural selection, considering a scenario where a population has very low genetic diversity. [5]
Q825[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Artificial selection
Humans have significantly altered the genetic makeup of many species through selective breeding practices.
(a) Describe the process of artificial selection. [4]
(b) Explain how artificial selection differs from natural selection. [4]
Q826[10 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· The genetic basis of continuous and discontinuous variation
Human height is a complex trait influenced by many factors. Fig 17.1 shows the distribution of human height in a large population sample.
(a) Analyse the data presented in Fig 17.1 to determine if height in this population shows continuous or discontinuous variation, giving reasons. [4]
(b) Discuss how both genetic and environmental factors could contribute to the variation observed in human height, as illustrated by Fig 17.1. Suggest how twin studies could be used to investigate this further. [6]
Q827[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Stabilising, disruptive and directional selection
Fig 17.1 illustrates different patterns of selection acting on a population. Graph A represents stabilising selection, Graph B represents disruptive selection, and Graph C represents directional selection.
(a) Describe the effect of stabilising selection on a population's phenotype over time, referring to Graph A in Fig 17.1. [4]
(b) Explain why stabilising selection often occurs in environments that are relatively stable. [4]
Q828[9 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Industrial melanism
Industrial melanism in peppered moths (Biston betularia) is a classic example of natural selection. Melanic moths have a dark phenotype, which is determined by a dominant allele. Non-melanic moths have a light phenotype and are homozygous recessive.
Fig 17.1 shows the percentage frequency of melanic peppered moths in two different industrial regions, Population A and Population B, over a period from 1950 to 2000.
(a) Calculate the frequency of the recessive allele (q) for melanism in population A in 1950, assuming the population is in Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium. [4]
(b) Interpret the trend in melanic moth frequency in population B between 1970 and 2000. [3]
(c) Suggest one reason for the difference in trends between population A and population B after 1980. [2]
Q829[7 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Natural selection
The Galapagos finches provide a classic example of natural selection shaping species over time.
(a) Describe the main steps involved in the process of natural selection. [4]
(b) Explain how an advantageous allele can increase in frequency in a population over many generations. [3]
Q830[5 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Genetic drift and the founder effect
Allele frequencies within a population can change over time due to various evolutionary mechanisms.
(a) Define the term 'genetic drift'. [2]
(b) Distinguish between genetic drift and natural selection. [3]
Q831[10 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· The bottleneck effect
A population of a rare insect species was monitored for its genetic diversity. Fig 17.1 shows the frequencies of four alleles (A1, A2, A3, A4) for a specific gene before and after a severe bottleneck event.
Fig 17.1
Allele
Frequency Before Bottleneck
Frequency After Bottleneck
A1
0.40
0.60
A2
0.30
0.25
A3
0.20
0.15
A4
0.10
0.00
(a) Plot a bar chart to represent the allele frequencies of alleles A1, A2, A3, and A4 in the post-bottleneck population. [4]
(b) Describe the impact of the bottleneck event on the genetic diversity of the population based on the provided data. [3]
(c) Suggest one reason why a particular allele might have been lost completely after the bottleneck. [3]
Q832[7 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Variation
Individuals within a species show a wide range of differences, some of which are heritable and some are not.
(a) Explain the difference between genetic variation and environmentally induced variation. [4]
(b) Give an example of an environmentally induced variation in humans and explain why it is not heritable. [3]
Q833[4 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Natural selection
Natural selection is a fundamental mechanism of evolution.
(a) Define the term 'natural selection'. [2]
(b) Identify two key requirements for natural selection to occur in a population. [2]
Q834[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection pressures and survival
The survival of a population can be significantly impacted by changes in its environment.
(a) Describe how a change in an environmental factor, such as the introduction of a new predator, can act as a selection pressure and affect the survival of a prey population. [5]
(b) Predict the long-term effect of a sustained selection pressure on the allele frequencies within a population. [3]
Q835[5 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Variation
Organisms within a species show a range of differences in their observable characteristics.
(a) Define the term 'phenotypic variation'. [2]
(b) State three factors that can cause variation within a species. [3]
Q836[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· The Hardy–Weinberg principle
The Hardy–Weinberg principle describes allele and genotype frequencies in a stable population. Consider a genetic trait in a population that follows the Hardy–Weinberg principle.
(a) Fig. 17.1 shows the phenotypic distribution of this genetic trait in a population. Calculate the frequency of the dominant allele in this population. [4]
(b) Deduce the number of heterozygous individuals in a population of 5000, given the allele frequencies calculated in part (a). [4]
Q837[10 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Genetic drift and the founder effect
Genetic drift is a significant evolutionary force, particularly in small populations. It can lead to unpredictable changes in allele frequencies over generations.
Fig 17.2 shows the frequency of allele A over 100 generations in two different populations, Population X and Population Y.
(a) Analyse the changes in allele frequency of allele A in Population X and Population Y over the 100 generations shown in Fig 17.2. [4]
(b) Deduce which population (X or Y) is more likely to be a smaller population, giving a reason for your answer. [3]
(c) Suggest how the founder effect could lead to a similar pattern of allele frequency change as observed in one of the populations. [3]
Q838[10 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection pressures and survival
The graph in Fig 17.1 shows the change in frequency of allele A in a population over 20 generations.
(a) Interpret the data in Fig 17.1 to describe the trend in allele frequency for allele A over the 20 generations. [4]
(b) Suggest and explain two different selection pressures that could lead to the observed change in allele frequency shown in Fig 17.1. For each selection pressure, explain how it would influence the survival and reproduction of individuals with allele A. [6]
Q839[10 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· The Hardy–Weinberg principle
The Hardy–Weinberg principle describes a theoretical population that is not evolving. Fig 17.1 shows the distribution of wing colour phenotypes in a population of insects, where red wings (R) are dominant to blue wings (r).
Fig 17.1
(a) Discuss two conditions that must be met for the Hardy–Weinberg principle to apply to a population. [4]
(b) Using the information in Fig 17.1, calculate the frequency of heterozygotes in the population. [6]
Q840[11 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Directional selection leading to change in allele frequency
Populations are dynamic entities, constantly responding to changes in their environment. Fig 17.2 illustrates a change in allele frequency over several generations.
(a) Analyse how a significant change in an environmental factor, such as increased predation by a new predator, could lead to rapid directional selection in a prey population, resulting in a shift in allele frequencies as shown in Fig 17.2. [6]
(b) Discuss the limitations of using the Hardy–Weinberg principle to model allele frequency changes in a population undergoing strong directional selection. [5]
Q841[7 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Species and speciation
Two closely related species, A and B, inhabit overlapping geographical areas. Researchers investigated the fertility of offspring resulting from crosses between individuals of these species. Fig 17.2 shows the fertility rates of offspring from intraspecific and interspecific crosses.
(a) Interpret the data in Fig 17.2 regarding the reproductive success of hybrids between species A and B. [3]
(b) Suggest how the observed reproductive success contributes to maintaining species integrity and preventing gene flow between species A and B, explaining the underlying biological reason. [4]
Q842[5 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Evolution
The diversity of life on Earth is a result of evolutionary processes.
(a) Define the term 'evolution'. [2]
(b) State three pieces of evidence that support the theory of evolution. [3]
Q843[9 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Genetic isolation
Fig 17.1 shows two isolated populations, A and B, of a hypothetical species of plant. Population A has 36% individuals showing a recessive phenotype (aa). Population B has 4% individuals showing the same recessive phenotype. Assume both populations are in Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium initially.
(a) Using the Hardy-Weinberg principle, calculate the frequency of the recessive allele (q) in population A. [3]
(b) Calculate the frequency of heterozygous individuals in population A. [2]
(c) Predict how the allele frequencies might change in population B over 10 generations if it remains genetically isolated and experiences strong directional selection against the recessive phenotype. Explain your reasoning. [4]
Q844[4 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Identifying evolutionary relationships
The study of evolutionary relationships helps scientists understand the history of life on Earth.
(a) Identify two types of evidence used to determine evolutionary relationships between species. [2]
(b) State what a common ancestor represents in a phylogenetic tree. [2]
Q845[10 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Sympatric speciation
Speciation is a fundamental process in evolution, leading to the diversity of life on Earth. While allopatric speciation is well-understood, sympatric speciation presents unique challenges for study.
(a) Discuss the challenges in providing definitive evidence for sympatric speciation compared to allopatric speciation. [6]
(b) Evaluate the role of polyploidy in facilitating rapid sympatric speciation in plants. [4]
Q846[4 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Genetic isolation
A population of fish in a large lake is divided by a new dam, creating two separate breeding groups.
(a) Describe what is meant by 'genetic isolation' in the context of speciation. [4]
Q847[5 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Sympatric speciation
Speciation is the process by which new species arise. This can occur even when populations are not geographically separated.
(a) Define sympatric speciation. [2]
(b) State three types of isolating mechanisms that can lead to sympatric speciation. [3]
Q848[10 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Evolution
Natural selection can lead to different patterns of phenotypic distribution within a population.
(a) Sketch a graph to show the effect of disruptive selection on a polygenic trait in a population over time. Label your axes appropriately. [4]
(b) Explain how disruptive selection differs from stabilising selection and discuss the evolutionary consequences of each type of selection. [6]
Q849[5 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Inbreeding and hybridisation in maize
Maize (Zea mays) is a staple crop globally, and its genetic improvement is crucial for food security. Breeders often use specific breeding strategies to enhance desirable traits.
(a) Define the term 'inbreeding'. [2]
(b) State three potential disadvantages of continuous inbreeding in maize crops. [3]
Q850[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Allopatric speciation
Allopatric speciation is a key process in the evolution of biodiversity.
(a) Draw a simple diagram to illustrate how a geographical barrier can separate an initial population into two isolated populations. [4]
(b) Explain how genetic divergence occurs in these two isolated populations after separation. [4]
Q851[6 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Allopatric speciation
A single species of flightless beetle lives on a large island. A new volcanic eruption creates a deep, wide lava flow that splits the island, separating the beetle population into two distinct areas.
(a) Name the type of speciation that occurs due to geographical isolation. [2]
(b) Outline one natural event that could lead to geographical isolation of a species. [4]
Q852[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Sympatric speciation
Within a single geographical area, different populations of a species can begin to diverge, eventually leading to new species formation.
(a) Explain how ecological separation can contribute to sympatric speciation in a population of organisms inhabiting the same geographical area. [5]
(b) Give an example of an ecological factor that could lead to such separation. [3]
Q853[11 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Identifying evolutionary relationships
Scientists use various types of evidence to reconstruct the evolutionary history of life. Morphological and molecular data are two primary sources of information.
(a) Compare the strengths and limitations of using morphological evidence versus molecular evidence (DNA/protein sequences) in constructing phylogenetic trees. [6]
(b) Discuss how convergent evolution can complicate the interpretation of morphological data in determining evolutionary relationships. [5]
Q854[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Improving milk yield of dairy cattle
Dairy farmers aim to maximise milk production from their herds. Over many generations, artificial selection has been applied to dairy cattle.
(a) Explain how artificial selection has been used over many generations to significantly increase milk yield in dairy cattle. [5]
(b) Outline one ethical concern associated with the intensive breeding practices used to improve milk yield in dairy cattle. [3]
Q855[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Identifying evolutionary relationships
Molecular evidence has revolutionised the study of evolutionary relationships, providing insights that were not possible with traditional methods.
(a) Describe how molecular evidence, such as DNA sequencing, is used to infer evolutionary relationships. [5]
(b) Explain why mitochondrial DNA is often preferred for studying recent evolutionary relationships. [3]
Q856[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Inbreeding and hybridisation in maize
Maize breeding programmes often involve hybridisation to improve crop performance. Hybrid maize varieties are widely used in agriculture due to their superior characteristics.
(a) Explain how hybridisation can lead to hybrid vigour in maize. [4]
(b) Describe the process a maize breeder would use to produce F1 hybrid seeds for commercial sale. [4]
Q857[10 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Genetic isolation
A small population of marsupials becomes separated from the main population by a new river forming, leading to genetic isolation.
(a) Discuss the roles of mutation and genetic drift in changing allele frequencies within a genetically isolated population. [5]
(b) Evaluate the statement that 'genetic isolation always leads to speciation'. [5]
Q858[7 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Sympatric speciation
Disruptive selection is a type of natural selection that can lead to the formation of new species without geographical isolation. This process often involves a selection pressure acting against intermediate phenotypes.
(a) Sketch a graph to show how a selection pressure acting on an intermediate phenotype could lead to disruptive selection. [3]
(b) Label your sketch to indicate the original population and the two diverging phenotypes. [2]
(c) Explain how disruptive selection can contribute to sympatric speciation. [2]
Q859[4 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Improving milk yield of dairy cattle
Artificial selection has been extensively used in dairy farming to improve the productivity of cattle. Farmers aim to breed animals that are not only high-yielding but also possess other valuable characteristics.
(a) Identify two desirable traits, other than high milk yield, that a dairy farmer might select for in cattle. [2]
(b) Identify two methods used in artificial selection of dairy cattle to improve milk yield. [2]
Q860[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Species and speciation
Over long periods, populations of a species can diverge, leading to the formation of new species.
(a) Explain how morphological differences can arise between populations of the same species. [4]
(b) Outline how these differences can lead to reproductive isolation. [4]
Q861[10 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Improving milk yield of dairy cattle
The dairy industry continuously seeks to improve efficiency and output. The graph in Fig 17.1 illustrates the average annual milk yield per dairy cow in a specific region over a 70-year period.
Fig 17.1
(a) Analyse the data presented in Fig 17.1 to describe the trend in average milk yield per cow over the period shown. [4]
(b) Discuss the biological and economic factors that contribute to the observed trends in milk yield and the implications for dairy farming. [6]
Q862[5 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Species and speciation
Organisms are classified into different species based on their characteristics and reproductive potential.
(a) Define the term 'species'. [2]
(b) State three ways in which members of different species are reproductively isolated. [3]
Q863[9 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Identifying evolutionary relationships
Molecular data, such as amino acid sequences, can provide valuable insights into the evolutionary history of organisms. Fig 17.1 shows a partial amino acid sequence for a specific protein in four different species.
Species A: GLY-ALA-VAL-LEU-ILE
Species B: GLY-ALA-ILE-LEU-ILE
Species C: GLY-SER-VAL-LEU-MET
Species D: GLY-ALA-VAL-LEU-ILE
(a) Calculate the percentage similarity between Species A and Species C based on the amino acid sequence provided. Show your working. [4]
(b) Predict which two species are most closely related and justify your prediction using the data. [5]
Q864[11 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Allopatric speciation
A population of ground squirrels was separated into two distinct populations, X and Y, by the formation of a new mountain range. Fig 17.1 shows the change in frequency of a dominant allele 'R' in these two populations over 100 generations.
(a) Analyze the data in Fig 17.1 to describe the changes in allele frequency for allele 'R' in both populations over the 100 generations. [4]
(b) Suggest a possible selection pressure that could explain the observed changes in population X. [3]
(c) Predict the long-term evolutionary outcome for populations X and Y if the geographical barrier remains, justifying your answer with reference to speciation mechanisms. [4]
Q865[9 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Allopatric speciation
A single population of a species can become separated by a geographical barrier, leading to the formation of new species over time.
(a) Describe the sequence of events that leads to allopatric speciation. [5]
(b) Explain the role of different selection pressures in the divergent evolution of geographically isolated populations. [4]
Q866[10 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Inbreeding and hybridisation in maize
Maize breeding has undergone significant advancements, particularly with the development and widespread use of F1 hybrid seeds. This strategy has revolutionised agricultural productivity but also presents unique challenges.
(a) Discuss the genetic basis for the loss of vigour observed in inbred lines of maize and the subsequent restoration of vigour in hybrid crosses. [6]
(b) Evaluate the commercial benefits and challenges associated with the widespread use of F1 hybrid maize seeds by farmers. [4]
Q867[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Evolution
Natural selection is a key mechanism driving evolutionary change.
(a) Describe how natural selection can lead to a change in allele frequency within a population over successive generations. [5]
(b) Explain the difference between morphological and physiological adaptations in the context of evolution. [3]
Q868[12 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Evolution
A population of a certain species of plant is being studied for a particular genetic trait. In this population, the allele for red flowers (R) is dominant over the allele for white flowers (r).
(a) In a population of 2000 individuals, 18% show the recessive phenotype (white flowers). Assuming the population is in Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium, calculate the frequency of the dominant allele. [4]
(b) Discuss the conditions that must be met for a population to remain in Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium and explain why these conditions are rarely met in natural populations. [5]
(c) Predict the effect on allele frequencies if a strong selection pressure against the recessive phenotype is introduced into this population. [3]
Q869[7 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Sympatric speciation
Sympatric speciation involves the divergence of populations living in the same geographical area. The graph in Fig 17.1 illustrates the change in frequency of a specific allele (A) over 50 years in two sympatric populations (Population X and Population Y) of a plant species.
(a) Describe the trends in allele frequency for the 'A' allele in both populations from year 0 to year 50. [4]
(b) Suggest how the observed changes in allele frequency could contribute to reproductive isolation between the two populations. [3]
Q870[10 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Identifying evolutionary relationships
Phylogenetic trees are diagrams that show the evolutionary relationships among different species or groups of organisms, based on shared ancestry. These trees are constructed using various types of evidence, including morphological, physiological, and molecular data.
Fig 17.1 shows a simplified phylogenetic tree depicting the evolutionary relationships among four species: W, X, Y, and Z.
(a) Interpret the evolutionary relationship between species X, Y, and Z based on the provided phylogenetic tree. [4]
(b) Deduce which species is the outgroup in this phylogeny and explain your reasoning. [3]
(c) Suggest one piece of molecular evidence that could have been used to construct this particular phylogenetic tree. [3]
Q871[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Antibiotic resistance in bacteria
The data in Fig 17.2 shows trends in deaths from meticillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA) and non-resistant S. aureus in a European country between 1993 and 2012.
(a) Calculate the percentage increase in deaths from MRSA between 1993 and 2008. [2]
(b) Describe the trend in deaths from non-resistant S. aureus between 1993 and 2012. [3]
(c) Suggest a reason for the observed trend in MRSA deaths after 2008. [3]
Q872[10 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Natural selection
Fig 17.2 shows images of peppered moths on different tree barks and a map illustrating the distribution of moth forms in the UK.
(a) Analyse the change in the relative proportions of light and dark peppered moths in an industrial area like Manchester after a significant reduction in air pollution, referring to the initial distribution shown.
[4]
(b) Explain how the process of natural selection would drive this change in moth population, considering the different tree barks illustrated.
[6]
Q873[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Improving milk yield of dairy cattle
Fig 17.1 shows the results of selection for milk yield in Holstein cattle over a 25-year period, comparing a selection line and a control line.
(a) Calculate the average annual increase in milk yield for the selection line between 1980 and 2005.
(b) Compare the rate of increase in milk yield for the selection line to that of the control line over the entire period shown in Fig 17.1.
(c) Discuss the purpose of including a control line in this study.
Q874[5 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Speciation
Fig 17.1 shows the relative flowering intensity of two species of Howea palm trees, *Howea forsteriana* and *Howea belmoreana*, over a year.
(a) Identify the approximate peak flowering time for *Howea belmoreana*.
[1]
(b) State the difference in peak flowering times between the two *Howea* palm species.
[2]
(c) Compare the flowering duration of *Howea forsteriana* with *Howea belmoreana*.
[2]
Q875[10 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Inbreeding and hybridisation in maize
Fig 17.4 shows the effects of inbreeding depression in maize over eight generations, comparing an inbred line with a hybrid cross.
(a) Analyse the trend in maize yield shown in the inbred line over eight generations, including the approximate yield at generation 1 and generation 8.
[3]
(b) Calculate the percentage reduction in maize yield from generation 1 to generation 8 in the inbred line.
[3]
(c) Discuss the biological reasons for the observed inbreeding depression in maize yield, referring to genetic principles.
[4]
Q876[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Sympatric speciation
Fig 17.3 shows the different flowering times of two species of Howea palm trees, Howea forsteriana and Howea belmoreana, which illustrate ecological separation.
(a) Identify the month when both Howea species show their lowest relative flowering intensity, and state the approximate percentage for each.
(b) Explain how the different peak flowering times of the two Howea species could lead to genetic isolation, even without geographical barriers.
Q877[4 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Speciation
Fig 17.1 shows the relative flowering intensity of two species of Howea palm trees, *Howea forsteriana* and *Howea belmoreana*, over a year.
(a) Identify the month when *Howea forsteriana* shows its highest relative flowering intensity.
(b) State the approximate relative flowering intensity of *Howea belmoreana* in September.
(c) State one month where *Howea forsteriana* is flowering but *Howea belmoreana* is not, or vice versa, based on the graph.
Q878[5 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Genetic variation
Fig 17.1 shows the percentage of individuals with different blood groups (A, B, AB, O) in a population.
(a) Identify the blood group with the lowest percentage of individuals.
[1]
(b) Calculate the difference in percentage between the most common and least common blood groups.
[2]
(c) Explain why blood groups are an example of discontinuous variation.
[2]
Q879[5 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Continuous and discontinuous variation
Fig 17.1 shows the percentage of individuals with different blood groups in a population.
(a) State the percentage of individuals with blood group B in the population.
(b) Calculate the total percentage of individuals with blood group A and AB.
(c) Describe the pattern of variation shown by blood groups based on the bar chart.
Q880[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Improving milk yield of dairy cattle
The data in Fig 17.3 shows the results of selection for milk yield in Holstein cattle over a 25-year period, comparing a selection line and a control line.
(a) Determine the total increase in milk yield for the selection line from 1980 to 2005.
[2]
(b) Explain how the data from the selection line and control line demonstrate the effectiveness of artificial selection in improving milk yield, referring to specific values and trends.
[6]
Q881[12 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Allopatric speciation
Fig 17.4 shows a map illustrating the distribution of different Anole lizard species in the Caribbean and a family tree showing the evolutionary relationships of six genera of lizards.
(a) Analyse the evolutionary relationships between the six lizard genera shown in the family tree, identifying the most recent common ancestor for the Anolis/Norops clade and the Chamaeleolis/Phenacosaurus clade.
(b) Evaluate how the geographical distribution of Anole lizards on the Caribbean map, in conjunction with the phylogenetic tree, provides strong evidence for allopatric speciation and adaptive radiation in this group.
Q882[5 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Natural selection
A population of finches on an island exhibits variation in beak size. During a prolonged drought, the primary food source of small, soft seeds becomes scarce, while larger, harder seeds remain available.
Explain how natural selection would act on this finch population over several generations in response to the drought conditions.
Q883[6 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Industrial melanism
Fig 17.4 shows images of peppered moths and a map illustrating their distribution in the UK and Ireland.
(a) Estimate the percentage of dark forms of peppered moths in rural areas of Scotland and compare it to industrial areas like Manchester.
[2]
(b) Interpret the significance of the image showing a light moth on soot-covered bark.
[2]
(c) Suggest a selection pressure that would favour dark moths in industrial areas.
[2]
Q884[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Evolution
Fig 17.2 shows a phylogenetic tree illustrating the evolutionary relationships of six lizard genera, including *Anolis*, and a map showing the distribution of different *Anole* lizard species (ecomorphs) in the Caribbean.
(a) Interpret the branching points in the family tree in terms of common ancestry and evolutionary divergence.
(b) Explain how the presence of multiple *Anole* species on individual Caribbean islands, as indicated by the map, suggests a role for ecological factors in their diversification.
Q885[11 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection pressures and survival
Fig 17.3 shows trends in deaths from meticillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA) and non-resistant S. aureus in a European country between 1993 and 2012.
(a) Analyse the change in the number of deaths from MRSA and non-resistant S. aureus from 1993 to 2012, calculating the percentage change for each category over this period.
[4]
(b) Explain how the observed trends in MRSA and non-resistant S. aureus deaths demonstrate the concept of selection pressure and its impact on bacterial populations.
[7]
Q886[5 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Industrial melanism
Fig 17.4 shows images of peppered moths on different tree barks and a map illustrating the distribution of peppered moth forms.
(a) Observe which type of peppered moth (dark or light) is more visible on the lichen-covered tree bark. [1]
(b) Compare the visibility of the dark moth on the soot-covered tree bark versus the lichen-covered tree bark. [2]
(c) State the approximate percentage of dark forms of peppered moths in Manchester according to the map. [2]
Q887[5 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Identifying evolutionary relationships
Fig 17.3 shows a family tree illustrating the evolutionary relationships of six genera of lizards.
(a) Identify the genus that is most closely related to *Anolis* based on the family tree.
[1]
(b) State the number of distinct genera shown in the family tree.
[2]
(c) Deduce which two genera share the most recent common ancestor.
[2]
Q888[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Identifying evolutionary relationships
Fig 17.4 shows a map of the Caribbean displaying the distribution of different *Anole* lizard species and a family tree illustrating the evolutionary relationships of six genera of lizards.
(a) Explain how the family tree indicates the evolutionary relationship between *Anolis* and *Norops* compared to *Anolis* and *Polychrus*.
[3]
(b) Discuss how the combined information from the map and the family tree supports the idea of adaptive radiation in *Anole* lizards.
[5]
Q889[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· The genetic basis of continuous and discontinuous variation
Fig 17.3 shows the distribution of human height in a population, illustrating the added effects of alleles of different genes affecting height.
(a) Identify the number of individuals with a height between 170 cm and 180 cm.
(b) Calculate the approximate total number of individuals represented in the histogram.
(c) Relate the shape of the distribution curve to the genetic basis of continuous variation, referring to the number of genes involved and their effects on height.
Q890[6 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Artificial selection
Farmers selectively breed chickens to improve egg laying rates and meat production. This process involves careful management of breeding pairs over many generations.
Explain the process of artificial selection in chickens and discuss its potential benefits and drawbacks.
Q891[9 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Artificial selection
The graph in Fig 17.3 shows the results of selection for milk yield in Holstein cattle over a 25-year period.
(a) Calculate the percentage increase in milk yield for the selection line from 1990 to 2000.
[3]
(b) Discuss the potential advantages and disadvantages of using artificial selection to improve traits like milk yield in dairy cattle, referencing the data shown.
[6]
Q892[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Stabilising, disruptive and directional selection
A population of a particular species of fish lives in a large, stable freshwater lake. For many generations, the average body size of these fish has remained relatively consistent, with very few individuals at the extreme ends of the size range. However, a recent, sudden environmental change has introduced a new predator that selectively targets fish of intermediate body size.
(a) Describe the type of natural selection that was acting on the fish population before the introduction of the new predator, explaining how it maintained the average body size.
[4]
(b) Explain how the introduction of the new predator is likely to affect the body size distribution of the fish population over several generations, assuming the selection pressure continues.
Q893[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Continuous and discontinuous variation
Fig 17.1 shows the distribution of blood groups and human height in a population.
(a) Compare the distribution of blood group A with blood group O, including their respective percentages.
[3]
(b) Calculate the total percentage of individuals who do not have blood group O.
[2]
(c) Distinguish between continuous and discontinuous variation, using blood group and height as examples from Fig 17.1.
[3]
Q894[10 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Directional selection leading to change in allele frequency
Fig 17.1 shows four graphs illustrating different types of natural selection on body mass distribution in a population.
(a) Analyse the change in the mean body mass and the range of body mass shown in Graph B for directional selection. [3]
(b) Estimate the percentage shift in the peak body mass for directional selection, assuming the initial peak is at 50 units and the final peak is at 70 units. [3]
(c) Explain how directional selection, as illustrated in Graph B, could lead to a change in allele frequency in the population over several generations. [4]
Q895[4 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Variation
Fig 17.4 shows the distribution of human height in a population.
(a) State the highest frequency of individuals for any height range in the histogram.
(b) Identify the height range with the lowest number of individuals.
(c) State two characteristics of continuous variation evident from the histogram.
Q896[6 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Inbreeding and hybridisation in maize
Maize crops are essential for global food security, and breeders often use specific techniques to improve yield and resilience. These techniques can have both benefits and drawbacks for genetic diversity.
Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of using inbreeding and hybridisation in maize breeding programs.
Q897[6 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Continuous and discontinuous variation
Fig 17.2 shows the distribution of human height in a population.
(a) Determine the approximate modal height from the histogram.
(b) Calculate the approximate percentage of individuals with a height between 160 cm and 170 cm based on the histogram.
(c) Explain why this type of variation is considered continuous.
Q898[12 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Inbreeding and hybridisation in maize
Fig 17.2 shows the effects of inbreeding and hybridisation on maize yield over eight generations.
(a) Analyse the trend in maize yield for both the inbred line and the hybrid cross over the eight generations, including specific yield values at generation 1 and generation 8 for each.
(b) Calculate the percentage increase in yield of the hybrid cross compared to the inbred line at generation 8.
(c) Explain the biological basis for hybrid vigour, as demonstrated by the maize hybrid cross, in contrast to inbreeding depression.
Q899[8 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Evolution
Fig 17.2 shows a map illustrating the distribution of different Anole lizard species in the Caribbean and a family tree showing the evolutionary relationships of six genera of lizards.
(a) Describe the pattern of distribution of Anole lizard species across the Caribbean islands shown on the map.
(b) Explain how the geographical distribution of Anole species, combined with their evolutionary relationships shown in the family tree, supports the theory of allopatric speciation.
Q900[2 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Calculate the mean rate of decrease in the percentage of melanic moths per year between 1960 and 2000. Show your working.
Q901[2 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
The wall of the left ventricle is significantly thicker than the wall of the chamber D identified in (a). Suggest why.
Q902[2 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Suggest how a non-competitive inhibitor would affect the rate of this reaction. Refer to Vmax in your answer.
Q903[2 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Suggest why plasma cells have a large number of organelle Q.
Q904[2 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Explain the mechanism by which a competitive inhibitor, such as substance X, reduces the rate of an enzyme-catalysed reaction.
Q905[2 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Suggest an explanation for the trend described in 4(c)(i).
Q906[2 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Use your answer from 5(a) and the formula to calculate the Simpson's Index of Diversity (D) for Habitat A. Then, state which habitat has the higher biodiversity.
Q907[3 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Explain why conserving genetic diversity is important for the long-term survival of a species.
Q908[2 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Explain why the rate of reaction plateaus at high substrate concentrations.
Q909[2 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
The formula for Simpson's Index of Diversity (D) is: D = 1 - (Σ(n/N)²)
Where n = total number of organisms of a particular species, and N = total number of organisms of all species.
Use the data in Table 5.1 to calculate the value of Σ(n/N)² for Habitat A. The value for Habitat B has been calculated for you and is 0.22.
Q910[4 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Plasma cells secrete large quantities of proteins called antibodies. Explain the roles of organelle P and the Golgi apparatus in the secretion of antibodies.
Q911[3 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Explain why the pressure in the left ventricle increases rapidly between 0.1 s and 0.3 s.
Q912[3 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Suggest why the commercial pine plantation (Habitat A) has a lower biodiversity than the ancient woodland (Habitat B).
Q913[3 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
With reference to Table 5.1, explain why Habitat B has a higher index of diversity than Habitat A.
Q914[4 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Identify two significant sources of error in the procedure described in step 1 to step 7. For each error, suggest an improvement to the procedure.
error 1 .........................................................................................................................................
improvement 1 .............................................................................................................................
error 2 .........................................................................................................................................
improvement 2 .............................................................................................................................
Q915[3 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Photomicrograph 2.2 shows a high-power image of part of the leaf from slide **K1**.
*<Image: Photomicrograph 2.2 of a section of Ammophila leaf.>*
Complete the table below to give **three** observable differences between the image of the leaf in Photomicrograph 2.2 and the image you can see using the microscope to view slide **K1**.
Feature
Photomicrograph 2.2
Slide K1 viewed with microscope
1. Colour
2. Field of view
3. Focusing
Q916[1 mark]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
You will be provided with an agar plate seeded with *B. subtilis*. You will carry out the following procedure.
Step 1: Use forceps to pick up a sterile filter paper disc.
Step 2: Dip the disc into the 100% concentration of **T**.
Step 3: Briefly drain any excess liquid against the side of the beaker.
Step 4: Place the disc onto the surface of the agar.
Step 5: Repeat steps 1 to 4 for the 50%, 25%, 12.5% concentrations and for a control using **W** only.
Step 6: Label the plate and incubate at 30 °C for 24 hours.
Step 7: After incubation, measure the diameter of the clear zone (zone of inhibition) around each disc.
Suggest one reason why it is important to use aseptic techniques, such as sterilising forceps, when carrying out this investigation.
Q917[4 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
From your observations of slide **K1**, identify **two** features that are adaptations of the *Ammophila* leaf to its dry environment and explain how each feature reduces water loss.
feature 1 .....................................................................................................................................
explanation .............................................................................................................................
feature 2 .....................................................................................................................................
explanation .............................................................................................................................
Q918[2 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
This investigation models the selection pressure exerted by antimicrobial compounds on a bacterial population. Explain how such a selection pressure can lead to a population of resistant bacteria.
Q919[4 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Table 1.2 shows the results of a similar investigation using a different substance, a commercial antibiotic.
**Table 1.2**
Concentration of antibiotic / arbitrary units
Mean diameter of zone of inhibition / mm
0.0
0
2.5
8
5.0
15
10.0
22
20.0
26
40.0
28
Plot a graph of the data shown in Table 1.2. Use a sharp pencil.
Q920[1 mark]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Describe the effect of increasing the concentration of the antibiotic on the growth of the bacteria.
Q921[5 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Make a high-power drawing of **two adjacent epidermal cells and one stoma** from the inner (adaxial) surface of the leaf on slide **K1**.
Use one ruled label line and label to identify the **guard cell**.
Q922[2 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Sketch a line on the axes below to show the expected results for this investigation.
Q923[3 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
The student needs to prepare 20 cm³ of a 50 µg cm⁻³ antibiotic solution from a 1000 µg cm⁻³ stock solution.
Calculate the volume of the stock solution and the volume of distilled water required.
Q924[2 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Calculate the percentage increase in the mean diameter of the zone of inhibition for ceftazidime when the concentration is increased from 10 µg cm⁻³ to 40 µg cm⁻³.
Show your working. Give your answer to one decimal place.
Q925[4 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
A student concluded, 'Ceftazidime is a more effective antibiotic than cefotaxime for treating infections caused by this bacterium'.
Evaluate the extent to which the data in Table 2.1 and the statistical test support this conclusion.
Q926[1 mark]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Scientists investigated the evolution of antibiotic resistance in a strain of bacteria. They compared the effectiveness of two antibiotics, cefotaxime and ceftazidime, against the bacteria.
Bacteria were grown on agar plates and the zones of inhibition around antibiotic discs were measured. The results are shown in Table 2.1.
**Table 2.1**
Antibiotic concentration / µg cm⁻³
Mean diameter of zone of inhibition / mm (± Standard Deviation)
**Cefotaxime**
**Ceftazidime**
0
0.0 (± 0.0)
0.0 (± 0.0)
10
12.4 (± 1.1)
16.5 (± 1.3)
20
18.2 (± 1.5)
22.1 (± 1.6)
40
23.8 (± 1.9)
26.5 (± 1.7)
80
25.1 (± 2.0)
27.0 (± 1.8)
160
25.4 (± 2.1)
27.2 (± 1.9)
The scientists used a statistical test to compare the effectiveness of the two antibiotics at a concentration of 40 µg cm⁻³.
State a suitable null hypothesis for this test.
Q927[7 marks]hardCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Describe a method the student could use to investigate the effect of a range of concentrations of the antibiotic on the growth of *E. coli*.
Your method should be detailed enough for another person to follow.
Q928[4 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Plot a graph on the grid below to show the effect of cefotaxime concentration on the mean diameter of the zone of inhibition. Include error bars for the concentrations at 20 µg cm⁻³ and 80 µg cm⁻³.
Q929[2 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
A student plans to investigate the effect of different concentrations of an antibiotic on the growth of the bacterium *Escherichia coli*. The student will use the disc diffusion method on nutrient agar plates.
(i) Identify the independent variable in this investigation.
(ii) Identify the dependent variable in this investigation.
Q930[2 marks]easyCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
The scientists carried out a t-test to compare the means for the two antibiotics at 40 µg cm⁻³. The calculated value of t was 2.89. Table 2.2 shows critical values of t.
**Table 2.2**
Degrees of freedom
Critical value of t (p=0.05)
8
2.31
9
2.26
10
2.23
11
2.20
12
2.18
Use the information to state and explain what conclusion can be made about the difference between the two antibiotics at this concentration.
Q931[3 marks]mediumCh17 · Selection and evolution· Selection and evolution
Using the data in Table 2.1, describe the effect of increasing the concentration of ceftazidime and compare this with the effect of cefotaxime.
Proteins are essential macromolecules, but excess amino acids cannot be stored in the body. Instead, they undergo a specific metabolic process.
(a) Describe the process of deamination, including the molecules involved. [4]
(b) Explain why deamination is an essential process for the body. [4]
The graph in Fig 14.1 shows the relative concentrations of glucose and urea in the filtrate as it passes along the length of a nephron.
(a) Interpret the data presented in Fig 14.1 regarding the reabsorption of glucose along the nephron. [4]
(b) Explain why the concentration of urea increases significantly along the length of the nephron, despite some reabsorption occurring. [4]
Q934[11 marks]hardCh14 · Homeostasis· Reabsorption in the proximal convoluted tubule
The kidney's ability to selectively reabsorb substances is vital for maintaining body fluid composition. Fig 14.1 shows the relative concentrations of various substances along the proximal convoluted tubule.
(a) Analyse the changes in concentration for glucose and inulin, explaining the reasons for the observed patterns. [6]
(b) Discuss the role of mitochondria in the cells of the proximal convoluted tubule in facilitating selective reabsorption. [5]
Q935[5 marks]easyCh14 · Homeostasis· The control of blood glucose
The human body maintains a constant internal environment through various homeostatic mechanisms, including the regulation of blood glucose concentration.
(a) Name the two hormones primarily involved in the control of blood glucose concentration. [2]
(b) State the specific cells in the pancreas that secrete these hormones. [3]
Q936[9 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· Control of water content
The kidneys play a vital role in osmoregulation and maintaining fluid balance in the body.
Fig 14.2 shows the relationship between urine flow rate and plasma ADH concentration.
(a) Analyse the data presented in Fig 14.2 to describe the relationship between urine flow rate and plasma ADH concentration. [3]
(b) If a patient's urine osmolarity is 100 mOsmol kg-1 and their plasma osmolarity is 300 mOsmol kg-1, calculate the ratio of urine osmolarity to plasma osmolarity. [3]
(c) Sketch a graph to show the expected change in urine volume over a 24-hour period for a person who drinks a large volume of water at the start of the period. [3]
Q937[8 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· Homeostatic control
Homeostasis involves the maintenance of a relatively constant internal environment within an organism. This often relies on negative feedback mechanisms.
(a) Describe how a negative feedback mechanism would respond to an increase in body temperature. [6]
(b) Suggest one situation where positive feedback can be beneficial to the body. [2]
Ultrafiltration in the kidneys is a vital process for removing waste from the blood. This process relies on specific pressure gradients within the nephron.
(a) Describe the roles of the afferent and efferent arterioles in maintaining a high hydrostatic pressure in the glomerulus. [4]
(b) If the hydrostatic pressure in the glomerulus is 60 mmHg and the opposing osmotic pressure from plasma proteins is 30 mmHg, calculate the net filtration pressure. Assume the Bowman's capsule hydrostatic pressure is 10 mmHg. [4]
Q939[8 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· Control of water content
Fig 14.1 shows a simplified diagram of the osmoregulation pathway in humans.
(a) Describe how osmoreceptors detect changes in blood water potential. [4]
(b) Explain the pathway of nerve impulses from osmoreceptors to the posterior pituitary gland. [4]
Q940[11 marks]hardCh14 · Homeostasis· Reabsorption in the distal convoluted tubule and collecting duct
The final concentration of urine is tightly regulated by processes occurring in the collecting duct.
(a) Discuss the factors that influence the permeability of the collecting duct to water and urea. [7]
(b) Predict the effect on urine volume and concentration if the cells of the collecting duct were unable to produce aquaporins. [4]
Q941[6 marks]easyCh14 · Homeostasis· Homeostatic control
Homeostatic control often involves feedback mechanisms to maintain stable conditions.
(a) Outline the main components of a negative feedback system. [4]
(b) Identify two differences between negative feedback and positive feedback. [2]
The glomerulus is a key site for blood filtration in the kidney. The efficiency of this process is measured by the glomerular filtration rate (GFR).
(a) State two factors that directly affect the glomerular filtration rate (GFR). [2]
(b) Explain how a decrease in blood pressure in the afferent arteriole would affect the GFR. [3]
Q943[12 marks]hardCh14 · Homeostasis· The control of blood glucose
When blood glucose concentration falls below the set point, a complex signalling cascade is initiated within liver cells to restore glucose levels. Fig 14.1 shows a simplified diagram of this cascade.
(a) With reference to Fig 14.1, discuss the cascade of events initiated by glucagon binding to liver cell receptors, leading to an increase in blood glucose concentration. [7]
(b) Predict the long-term health consequences of consistently high blood glucose levels due to insufficient insulin production. [3]
(c) If a person's blood glucose level increases from 4.5 mmol/dm³ to 9.0 mmol/dm³ after a meal, calculate the percentage increase in blood glucose concentration. [2]
Q944[7 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· Reabsorption in the distal convoluted tubule and collecting duct
The kidney plays a crucial role in maintaining the body's internal environment by filtering blood and selectively reabsorbing essential substances.
(a) Describe the process of selective reabsorption of sodium ions in the distal convoluted tubule. [4]
(b) Explain the role of aquaporins in water reabsorption in the collecting duct. [3]
Q945[10 marks]hardCh14 · Homeostasis· Deamination
The human body requires a balanced intake of amino acids for protein synthesis. Excess amino acids cannot be stored and must be broken down.
(a) Discuss the fate of the products of deamination in the human body. [6]
(b) Evaluate the consequences for an individual if deamination does not occur efficiently. [4]
Q946[10 marks]hardCh14 · Homeostasis· Homeostatic control
Blood glucose concentration is tightly regulated by homeostatic mechanisms. Fig. 14.1 shows the changes in blood glucose concentration in a healthy individual after consuming a meal.
(a) Analyse the changes in blood glucose concentration shown in Fig. 14.1 after a meal. [4]
(b) Explain how the body would respond to return the blood glucose concentration to the set point shown in Fig. 14.1, starting from the peak concentration. [6]
Q947[10 marks]hardCh14 · Homeostasis· Reabsorption in the loop of Henle and collecting duct
The ability of the mammalian kidney to produce urine that is more concentrated than blood plasma is vital for osmoregulation. This process relies heavily on the countercurrent multiplier system.
(a) Analyse the roles of the descending limb, ascending limb, and collecting duct in establishing and maintaining the osmotic gradient in the kidney medulla. [6]
(b) Evaluate the importance of the vasa recta in maintaining the medullary osmotic gradient. [4]
Q948[7 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· Reabsorption in the proximal convoluted tubule
The cells lining the proximal convoluted tubule are highly specialised to carry out extensive selective reabsorption.
(a) Draw a diagram of a single cell from the wall of the proximal convoluted tubule, showing its key adaptations for reabsorption. [4]
(b) Label three of these adaptations and briefly state their function in reabsorption. [3]
The process of ultrafiltration is driven by pressure differences across the filtration barrier in the renal corpuscle.
(a) Analyse the factors that contribute to the high hydrostatic pressure in the glomerulus. [6]
(b) Discuss the consequences of a significant drop in glomerular hydrostatic pressure on kidney function. [4]
Q950[9 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· The control of blood glucose
Blood glucose levels are tightly regulated in the body. A glucose tolerance test measures how quickly glucose is cleared from the blood. Fig 14.4 shows the results of a glucose tolerance test for two individuals, A and B, after they consumed a glucose drink at time 0.
(a) Interpret the changes in blood glucose concentration for individual A and individual B over the 3-hour period shown in Fig 14.4. [4]
(b) Compare the response of individual A and individual B to the glucose challenge. [3]
(c) Suggest a possible medical condition for individual B based on the graph. [2]
The internal environment of a mammal is subject to various changes, yet life processes continue effectively.
(a) Explain why maintaining a constant internal environment is important for enzyme activity. [4]
(b) Give four examples of how the internal environment can change in a mammal. [4]
Q952[7 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· The structure of the kidney
The Bowman's capsule is the starting point of filtration in the kidney, where blood plasma is filtered to form a filtrate.
(a) Describe the structural features of the Bowman's capsule that aid its function. [4]
(b) State the primary function of the efferent arteriole in the kidney. [3]
Q953[10 marks]hardCh14 · Homeostasis· Excretion
The human body maintains a stable internal environment through the coordinated action of various organs. The liver and kidneys play crucial roles in this process.
(a) Compare the roles of the liver and the kidneys in maintaining a stable internal environment. [6]
(b) Explain why the liver is considered an excretory organ. [4]
Q954[7 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· Osmoreceptors, the hypothalamus and ADH
The hypothalamus plays a central role in maintaining water balance in the body.
(a) Describe the role of the hypothalamus in controlling water potential. [4]
(b) Explain how the secretion of ADH changes in response to an increase in blood water potential. [3]
Q955[5 marks]easyCh14 · Homeostasis· Osmoreceptors, the hypothalamus and ADH
The human body maintains a stable internal environment through various regulatory mechanisms.
(a) Define the term osmoregulation. [2]
(b) State the location of osmoreceptors in the human body and describe what they detect. [3]
Q956[4 marks]easyCh14 · Homeostasis· Excretion
The human body produces various waste products through metabolic processes.
(a) Define excretion. [2]
(b) Name two major excretory products in mammals. [2]
Q957[6 marks]easyCh14 · Homeostasis· Reabsorption in the distal convoluted tubule and collecting duct
After passing through the loop of Henle, the filtrate enters the distal convoluted tubule and then the collecting duct, where further adjustments to its composition are made.
(a) Identify two substances that are selectively reabsorbed in the distal convoluted tubule. [2]
(b) State how the reabsorption of water and solutes in the distal convoluted tubule and collecting duct differs from that in the proximal convoluted tubule, in terms of hormonal control. [4]
The complex process of selective reabsorption in the nephron ensures that essential substances are returned to the blood while waste products are excreted. This relies on various transport mechanisms.
(a) Evaluate the importance of active transport and osmosis in the process of selective reabsorption in the nephron. [6]
(b) Predict the effect on urine volume and composition if the transport proteins responsible for sodium reabsorption were inhibited. [4]
Q959[5 marks]easyCh14 · Homeostasis· Control of water content
The body maintains a stable internal environment through various regulatory mechanisms.
(a) Define the term osmoregulation. [2]
(b) Name the hormone primarily responsible for controlling water reabsorption in the kidneys and state where it is produced and released. [3]
Q960[6 marks]easyCh14 · Homeostasis· How ADH affects the kidneys
Fig 14.1 shows a diagram of a nephron and its associated collecting duct.
(a) Identify the specific parts of the nephron that are primarily affected by ADH. [2]
(b) Explain how ADH increases the permeability of collecting duct cells to water. [4]
Q961[6 marks]easyCh14 · Homeostasis· The structure of the kidney
The kidney is a vital organ responsible for maintaining homeostasis in the body. Its functional unit is the nephron.
(a) Name the three main regions of a mammalian kidney. [3]
(b) Label three parts of a nephron shown in Fig. 14.1. [3]
Fig. 14.1
Q962[12 marks]hardCh14 · Homeostasis· Control of water content
The human body maintains its internal environment within narrow limits through homeostatic mechanisms. One crucial aspect is the regulation of blood water potential.
Fig 14.1 shows the relationship between plasma osmolarity and plasma ADH concentration.
(a) Discuss the complete negative feedback mechanism involved in regulating blood water potential when a person becomes dehydrated. [8]
(b) Evaluate the consequences of a malfunctioning ADH secretion mechanism on urine production and overall body fluid balance, making reference to Fig 14.1. [4]
The kidneys have mechanisms to maintain a relatively constant glomerular filtration rate (GFR) despite fluctuations in systemic blood pressure. Fig 14.1 shows the relationship between mean arterial pressure (MAP) and GFR.
(a) Interpret the data in Fig 14.1 to describe the relationship between blood pressure and glomerular filtration rate (GFR). [3]
(b) Calculate the percentage increase in GFR when the mean arterial pressure rises from 80 mmHg to 100 mmHg. [3]
(c) Predict what would happen to the composition of the filtrate if the filtration barrier was damaged, allowing large proteins to pass through. [3]
Q964[5 marks]easyCh14 · Homeostasis· Deamination
The body efficiently manages its nitrogenous waste products through various metabolic processes.
(a) State the main site in the body where deamination occurs. [2]
(b) Outline the immediate products formed when an amino acid undergoes deamination. [3]
Q965[8 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· Reabsorption in the loop of Henle and collecting duct
The loop of Henle is essential for creating the osmotic gradient necessary for water reabsorption in the kidney.
(a) Describe the movement of sodium ions and water in the ascending limb of the loop of Henle. [4]
(b) Explain why the filtrate becomes more dilute as it passes through the ascending limb. [4]
Q966[8 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· How ADH affects the kidneys
The kidneys play a crucial role in maintaining the body's water balance, with ADH being a key hormone in this process.
(a) Describe the overall effect of ADH on the volume and concentration of urine produced by the kidneys. [6]
(b) If a healthy adult produces 1.5 dm³ of urine per day with a water potential of -1500 kPa, and after drinking a large volume of water, produces 5 dm³ of urine per day with a water potential of -500 kPa, calculate the percentage change in urine volume. [2]
The kidneys play a vital role in maintaining the internal environment of the body, including the removal of metabolic wastes through processes like ultrafiltration.
(a) Define the term ultrafiltration. [2]
(b) Identify three substances that are normally found in glomerular filtrate. [3]
Q968[12 marks]hardCh14 · Homeostasis· The structure of the kidney
The kidney is remarkably efficient at filtering blood and regulating water balance, largely due to its intricate vascular and tubular structures.
(a) Compare the structure of the afferent arteriole with that of the efferent arteriole and explain the significance of these differences. [6]
(b) Explain how the arrangement of the loop of Henle and collecting duct contributes to the kidney's ability to concentrate urine. [6]
Q969[9 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· Reabsorption in the proximal convoluted tubule
The proximal convoluted tubule (PCT) is the primary site for the reabsorption of many essential substances from the glomerular filtrate.
(a) Describe the mechanism by which glucose is reabsorbed from the lumen of the proximal convoluted tubule into the peritubular capillaries. [5]
(b) Explain why the filtrate remains isotonic to the blood plasma as it passes through the proximal convoluted tubule, despite significant reabsorption of solutes. [4]
Q970[7 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· Excretion
Amino acids are essential for building proteins, but excess amino acids cannot be stored in the body and must be dealt with.
(a) Describe the process of deamination in the liver. [5]
(b) State the fate of the products formed during deamination. [2]
Q971[8 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· The control of blood glucose
After a meal rich in carbohydrates, the body initiates several processes to manage the influx of glucose into the bloodstream.
(a) Describe the process of glycogenesis. [4]
(b) Explain how insulin lowers blood glucose concentration after a meal. [4]
Q972[6 marks]easyCh14 · Homeostasis· Reabsorption in the proximal convoluted tubule
The proximal convoluted tubule (PCT) plays a crucial role in reabsorbing essential substances from the filtrate back into the blood.
(a) Identify two structural features of the proximal convoluted tubule (PCT) cells that facilitate selective reabsorption. [2]
(b) State the primary method of reabsorption for each of the following in the PCT: water, glucose, sodium ions, and amino acids. [4]
The kidney maintains a stable internal environment by filtering blood and selectively reabsorbing essential substances. The glomerular filtration rate (GFR) is a key indicator of kidney function.
(a) Analyse how changes in the diameter of the afferent and efferent arterioles can regulate the glomerular filtration rate, even with fluctuations in systemic blood pressure. [5]
(b) Discuss the potential consequences for kidney function if the glomerular filtration barrier were to become damaged, allowing large proteins to pass into the filtrate. [5]
Q974[10 marks]hardCh14 · Homeostasis· Osmoreceptors, the hypothalamus and ADH
Severe dehydration can significantly impact the body's ability to maintain water balance.
(a) Discuss the sequence of events that occurs when a person becomes severely dehydrated, leading to the release of ADH. [7]
(b) Predict the effect on urine volume and concentration if an individual's osmoreceptors were damaged. [3]
Q975[10 marks]hardCh14 · Homeostasis· Homeostasis
Multicellular organisms, particularly mammals, exist in environments that constantly fluctuate. Despite these external changes, their internal conditions remain remarkably stable.
Discuss the importance of homeostasis in ensuring the survival of a multicellular organism. [10]
The nephrons within the kidneys are responsible for processing blood to form urine, involving several key steps.
(a) Define the term 'selective reabsorption'. [2]
(b) Name three substances that are selectively reabsorbed from the filtrate back into the blood. [3]
Q977[5 marks]easyCh14 · Homeostasis· Homeostasis
Mammals rely on maintaining stable internal conditions to survive and function efficiently.
(a) Define homeostasis. [2]
(b) State three physiological factors that are maintained within narrow limits by homeostasis in mammals. [3]
Q978[5 marks]easyCh14 · Homeostasis· Reabsorption in the loop of Henle and collecting duct
The loop of Henle plays a crucial role in the kidney's ability to produce concentrated urine.
(a) State the primary function of the loop of Henle in the formation of concentrated urine. [2]
(b) Explain how the countercurrent multiplier mechanism in the loop of Henle helps to establish a concentration gradient in the medulla. [3]
Q979[10 marks]hardCh14 · Homeostasis· How ADH affects the kidneys
Fig 14.2 shows a cross-section of a kidney, illustrating the osmotic gradient within its structure.
(a) Analyse the role of the medulla's osmotic gradient in the reabsorption of water, and how ADH enhances this process. [6]
(b) Evaluate the consequences for an individual who cannot produce ADH, considering their water balance. [4]
Ultrafiltration is the initial step in urine formation, where blood plasma is filtered from the glomerulus into Bowman's capsule.
(a) Explain how the structure of the glomerulus and Bowman's capsule are adapted for ultrafiltration. [5]
(b) Describe the role of podocytes in ultrafiltration. [3]
Q981[8 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· Measuring glucose in the blood
Blood glucose biosensors provide a rapid and convenient method for measuring glucose concentration. These devices often incorporate an enzyme to achieve their specificity.
(a) Describe the function of the enzyme glucose oxidase in a typical blood glucose biosensor. [4]
(b) Explain how the electrical signal generated by a biosensor is converted into a readable glucose concentration value. [4]
Q982[6 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· Abscisic acid (ABA) and stomatal closure
Abscisic acid (ABA) plays a crucial role in plant responses to drought stress, primarily by inducing stomatal closure.
(a) Draw a simple diagram of two guard cells, showing their shape and relative turgidity when stomata are closed due to ABA. [3]
(b) Explain how ABA-induced changes in ion channels contribute to the loss of turgor in guard cells. [3]
Q983[4 marks]easyCh14 · Homeostasis· Decrease in blood glucose concentration
The body has mechanisms to increase blood glucose concentration when it falls too low.
(a) Name the hormone responsible for increasing blood glucose concentration. [1]
(b) State the type of cells in the pancreas that secrete this hormone. [1]
(c) Define the term 'glycogenolysis'. [2]
Q984[10 marks]hardCh14 · Homeostasis· Decrease in blood glucose concentration
Hormonal signalling pathways often involve complex intracellular mechanisms to amplify and regulate responses.
(a) Discuss the role of the secondary messenger, cyclic AMP, in the action of glucagon on liver cells. [6]
(b) Evaluate the advantages of having a cascade effect in hormonal signalling pathways like that of glucagon. [4]
Q985[8 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· Closing
The regulation of stomatal aperture is a vital homeostatic mechanism in plants, allowing them to balance CO₂ uptake for photosynthesis with water loss through transpiration. This process involves complex ion movements within guard cells.
(a) Describe how the movement of potassium ions is involved in stomatal closure. [4]
(b) Explain why stomatal closure is an important homeostatic response in plants. [4]
Q986[7 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· Abscisic acid (ABA) and stomatal closure
Abscisic acid (ABA) concentration influences the degree of stomatal opening in plants. Fig. 14.1 shows the relationship between stomatal aperture and ABA concentration.
(a) Analyse the data presented in Fig. 14.1, describing the effect of increasing ABA concentration on stomatal aperture. [4]
(b) Compare the stomatal aperture at 10⁻⁷ M ABA with that at 10⁻⁵ M ABA, calculating the percentage difference. [3]
Q987[7 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· Homeostasis in plants
Plants, like animals, must maintain a relatively stable internal environment to function optimally and survive. This involves regulating various physiological factors.
(a) Explain why maintaining a stable internal environment is crucial for plant survival. [3]
(b) Describe how plants regulate their internal temperature, especially in hot conditions. [4]
Q988[11 marks]hardCh14 · Homeostasis· Opening and closing of stomata
A student investigated the rate of stomatal opening under varying light intensities using a porometer. The results are shown in Fig. 14.1.
(a) Analyse the data in Fig. 14.1 to describe the relationship between light intensity and stomatal opening, and suggest an explanation for this relationship. [6]
(b) Discuss the adaptive advantages and disadvantages of stomatal opening and closing for a plant in different environmental conditions. [5]
Q989[5 marks]easyCh14 · Homeostasis· Increase in blood glucose concentration
Blood glucose concentration is tightly regulated in the human body to ensure cells have a constant supply of energy.
(a) State the normal range for blood glucose concentration in a healthy human. [1]
(b) Identify two hormones involved in regulating blood glucose concentration. [2]
(c) Describe one immediate effect of a meal rich in carbohydrates on blood glucose concentration. [2]
Q990[4 marks]easyCh14 · Homeostasis· Abscisic acid (ABA) and stomatal closure
Plants respond to various environmental cues to regulate their water balance, often involving plant hormones.
(a) Define the term abscisic acid (ABA). [2]
(b) Identify the primary environmental stimulus that triggers the production of ABA in plants. [2]
Q991[10 marks]hardCh14 · Homeostasis· Measuring glucose in the blood
Blood glucose biosensors are crucial for monitoring blood glucose levels. Their accuracy and reliability are often assessed through calibration curves.
(a) Fig. 19.1 shows calibration curves for two different blood glucose biosensors, A and B. Analyse the strengths and weaknesses of each biosensor based on these curves. [6]
(b) Evaluate the potential impact of interfering substances in a blood sample on the accuracy of biosensor readings. [4]
Q992[8 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· Increase in blood glucose concentration
Following a meal, the body's homeostatic mechanisms are activated to manage the influx of nutrients.
(a) Explain how the pancreas detects an increase in blood glucose concentration. [4]
(b) Outline the role of insulin in returning blood glucose concentration to its set point. [4]
Q993[11 marks]hardCh14 · Homeostasis· Measuring concentration of glucose in the urine
Monitoring blood glucose levels is crucial for managing diabetes. While urine tests can provide some indication, more precise methods are often required.
(a) Describe how a glucose biosensor works to measure blood glucose concentration. [5]
(b) Evaluate the advantages of using a glucose biosensor compared to Benedict's test for monitoring a diabetic patient's glucose levels. [4]
(c) Suggest two reasons why a pregnant woman might have glucose in her urine even if she is not diabetic. [2]
Q994[5 marks]easyCh14 · Homeostasis· Opening and closing of stomata
Stomata are pores on the surface of plant leaves that regulate gas exchange and water loss. Their opening and closing are crucial for plant survival.
Fig 14.1 shows a diagram of a stoma.
(a) Label two key structures involved in its opening and closing. [2]
(b) State three environmental factors that influence the opening and closing of stomata. [3]
Q995[4 marks]easyCh14 · Homeostasis· Homeostasis in plants
Unlike animals, plants do not have a circulatory system to distribute hormones, but they still maintain stable internal conditions through various mechanisms.
(a) Define the term homeostasis in the context of a plant. [2]
(b) Give two examples of internal factors that plants regulate homeostatically. [2]
Q996[5 marks]easyCh14 · Homeostasis· Measuring glucose in the blood
Biosensors are commonly used to measure blood glucose levels in medical settings.
(a) State two reasons why it is important to accurately measure blood glucose levels in individuals. [2]
(b) Outline the basic principle of how a biosensor measures glucose concentration. [3]
Q997[11 marks]hardCh14 · Homeostasis· Abscisic acid (ABA) and stomatal closure
Abscisic acid (ABA) plays a critical role in plant survival, particularly in challenging environmental conditions.
(a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of ABA-induced stomatal closure for plant survival in arid environments. [7]
(b) Predict the effect of a mutation preventing ABA synthesis on a plant's ability to cope with drought stress. [4]
Q998[7 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· Closing
The graph in Fig 14.1 illustrates the relationship between light intensity and stomatal aperture, a key factor in regulating plant water loss and CO₂ uptake.
(a) Interpret the data in Fig 14.1 to describe the relationship between light intensity and stomatal aperture. [4]
(b) Calculate the percentage decrease in stomatal aperture when light intensity changes from 500 µmol m⁻² s⁻¹ to 100 µmol m⁻² s⁻¹. [3]
Q999[8 marks]mediumCh14 · Homeostasis· Measuring concentration of glucose in the urine
A healthcare professional is screening patients for potential issues with glucose metabolism by analysing urine samples.
(a) Describe the procedure for using Benedict's reagent to semi-quantitatively test for glucose in urine. [5]
(b) Explain why glucose is normally absent from the urine of a healthy individual. [3]
Q1000[10 marks]hardCh14 · Homeostasis· Closing
The complex interplay of ion gradients across guard cell membranes is fundamental to stomatal regulation. Understanding these electrochemical dynamics provides insight into how plants respond to environmental cues.
(a) Analyse the role of electrochemical gradients in the efflux of ions leading to stomatal closure. [6]
(b) Evaluate the short-term and long-term consequences of prolonged stomatal closure on plant physiology. [4]